# CloudHosting: full content > CloudHosting SIA is a Latvian IT infrastructure provider, in business since 2016, with its own Tier 3+ data centre in Riga and its own network (AS58269). Companies use it for servers and colocation, private AI and GPU servers, remote office desktops, infrastructure migration, backup, NIS2-ready security and IT support. It also sells VPS, web hosting, domains and SSL certificates. Full text of the cloudhosting.lv pages for language models: for every page its title, URL, summary and the questions it answers. Short index: https://www.cloudhosting.lv/llms.txt. The knowledge-base guides are separate files, one per category (https://www.cloudhosting.lv/llms-guides-.txt), listed under Optional in llms.txt. All URLs: https://www.cloudhosting.lv/sitemap.xml. Content is English; the site also serves Latvian (/lv) and Russian (/ru). ## Key facts - Legal entity: CloudHosting SIA, reg. 40103966259, VAT LV40103966259, Bērzaunes iela 1, LV-1039 Riga, Latvia, founded 2016, +371 66 66 29 69, info@cloudhosting.lv. - Own data centre in Riga, Latvia: Tier 3+ in Riga, with N+1 redundant power. - Server locations: Riga (RIX1), Amsterdam (NL1); Dubai (DXB1) on request. - Accredited .lv domain registrar; Microsoft and Fortinet partner. - Support: monitoring and incident response 24/7; engineers answer on working days 9:00 to 17:00 Riga time, in English, Latvian, Russian. - Availability: 99.9% uptime target (a target, not a contractual SLA). - Refund: within 14 days of payment; exceptions are dedicated server rental and domain registration. - Backups: VPS daily, kept 7 days, restore from the client panel; web hosting daily, kept 14 days. - Windows Server licence is not included in any price: buy it from us or use your own key. - Website and support in English, Latvian, Russian. - Contact: https://www.cloudhosting.lv/contacts ## Pages ### Hosting in Latvia: VPS from 9.35 EUR, Servers | CloudHosting URL: https://www.cloudhosting.lv/ VPS from 9.35 EUR a month and dedicated servers from 130.05 EUR in Riga or Amsterdam, web hosting in Riga from 3.20 EUR. CloudHosting SIA, Latvia, since 2016. Key facts: - Company: CloudHosting SIA, registered in Latvia on 3 February 2016, registration no. 40103966259, VAT no. LV40103966259 - Locations: Riga, Latvia: a guarded Tier 3+ data centre at Bērzaunes iela 1 that we run ourselves, with N+1 power and cooling and access for a limited number of our own engineers only. Amsterdam, the Netherlands: a second location for VPS and dedicated servers - Network: Our own network AS58269 and IP address space in Riga, where the data centre is carrier-neutral; in Amsterdam the servers and IP addresses are ours, while the building belongs to a local data centre operator. Ports are 1 Gbit/s as standard, 10 Gbit/s and more on request in Riga, and ready 10 Gbps servers are in Amsterdam - Hosting and servers: VPS from 9.35 EUR a month on a 12-month term (11.00 EUR month to month), dedicated servers from 130.05 EUR on a 12-month term, server colocation from 40.00 EUR per 1U plus electricity by meter, web hosting from 3.20 EUR on a 24-month term (4.00 EUR month to month), domains and SSL certificates - IT for companies: IT support from 50 EUR an hour, infrastructure projects and migrations, remote desktops, private AI servers, NIS2 and cybersecurity; Fortinet authorised partner and Microsoft partner - Support: Monitoring and incident response 24/7. Engineers answer on working days 9:00-17:00 Riga time - Languages: English, Latvian and Russian: support, website and client area - Contract and invoices: With CloudHosting SIA, an EU company, under Latvian law; invoices in EUR, nothing is charged automatically - Clients: Companies and developers worldwide, from a single VPS to whole racks Q: Where are CloudHosting servers located? A: CloudHosting servers are in Riga, Latvia, in a Tier 3+ data centre at Bērzaunes iela 1 that we run ourselves. That is the part worth knowing: we do not rent rack space from another operator, and the engineers who answer you work next to the hardware. Monitoring and incident response run 24/7, and engineers answer on working days 9:00 to 17:00 Riga time. Your data stays in Latvia, under EU law and GDPR, which is usually the answer European clients need in their own compliance paperwork. VPS and dedicated servers can also run from Amsterdam in the Netherlands if your users sit further west, and Dubai (DXB1) is available on request. Q: How fast can I get a VPS? A: A CloudHosting VPS is ready thirty to sixty seconds after payment. Nothing waits for a human: you pick a plan and an image, Linux or Windows, and the machine builds itself. Plans open at 9.35 EUR a month on a 12-month term (11.00 EUR month to month), and CPU, RAM and NVMe are yours rather than shared with whoever else landed on the host, so the numbers you see are the numbers you get. Root access is there from the first second. Growing later is a resize, not a rebuild. The one thing that does need a conversation is a custom image, since those we upload by hand. Q: Do you offer dedicated bare metal servers? A: Yes: CloudHosting rents AMD EPYC and Intel Xeon dedicated servers in Riga or in Amsterdam from 130.05 EUR a month on a 12-month term, with a 1 Gbit port as standard. A 10 Gbit port or more is available on request in Riga, and the ready 10 Gbps servers in Amsterdam are a separate range from 1372.75 EUR a month. The whole machine is yours, which matters most for databases and for anything where a busy neighbour would show up in your response times. Preconfigured builds ship quickest. Custom builds we assemble around the workload you describe, and the honest variable there is parts: some configurations are on the shelf, others take a delivery, and we will tell you which one you are asking for before you commit. Q: What kind of support do you provide? A: At CloudHosting the people who answer are the engineers who run the data centre in Riga, and monitoring and incident response run 24/7. They answer tickets, phone and email on working days 9:00 to 17:00 Riga time, in English, Latvian and Russian, and an incident that takes the infrastructure down is handled at any hour. No first line reading from a script, no ticket that travels through three time zones before someone with access reads it. They handle setup, plan changes, and the incidents nobody plans for. Where the line sits: the software inside your VPS stays yours, so if your own application code is what broke, we will say so plainly and point at the evidence instead of quietly closing the ticket. Q: How much does web hosting cost in Latvia? A: CloudHosting shared cPanel hosting starts at 3.20 EUR a month on a 24-month term, or 4.00 EUR month to month, with NVMe storage, daily backups kept for 14 days and mail included. For a company site or a blog the only other things to buy are the domain and, if you want one, a certificate. The point where shared hosting stops being the right answer is usually traffic or the need to install something yourself, and that is where the VPS plans from 9.35 EUR take over. Either way the machine sits in the same Riga data centre, so the cheaper product does not mean your data moved somewhere else. Q: What uptime does CloudHosting aim for? A: CloudHosting's stated availability target is 99.9% on every plan. What stands behind that number: in Riga we run the parts it depends on ourselves, the Tier 3+ facility with redundant power and cooling and the network, AS58269, with our own address space; in Amsterdam the servers and IP addresses are ours, while the building belongs to a local data centre operator. When an upstream provider has a bad night in Riga, we reroute around it ourselves rather than opening a ticket with somebody else and waiting. The 99.9% is a published availability target, not a contractual SLA; a binding SLA is agreed per offer for business contracts. No target is a promise that hardware never fails, so keep backups of what you cannot lose. If a month looks worse than that to you, we will pull the monitoring data and go through it together. Q: Is a .lv domain worth it and can I register one here? A: Yes: CloudHosting registers .lv domains through the registry itself, and in Latvia a .lv address quietly does two things: local customers recognise it, and search engines read it as a signal that the site is meant for this market. Plenty of our clients hold .lv next to a .com and point both at the same site, which costs little and covers both audiences. Besides .lv we register .com, .eu, .net and around 500 other zones, take over domains already registered elsewhere, and include DNS management at no charge. Keeping the domain in the same account as the hosting mostly saves you from the classic disaster, a renewal notice sent to an address nobody reads any more. Q: Why choose a hosting provider in Latvia? A: CloudHosting keeps your data in Riga, Latvia, and jurisdiction is the reason that appears in contracts: EU law and GDPR apply by default, which is far easier to explain to a European client than a data residency clause in someone else's terms. Latency is the reason your visitors feel, since a server in Riga answers a Baltic user noticeably faster than one across an ocean. And then there is the plain fact that we have been doing this since 2016 and the engineers on the other end of the phone are in the same building as the hardware. It is not the right answer for everyone. If your users are all in North America, our Netherlands region or another provider will serve them better, and we would rather say that early than sell you the wrong thing. ### VPS calculator | CloudHosting URL: https://www.cloudhosting.lv/vps-calculator Build a virtual server: pick vCPU, RAM and NVMe storage, choose the data centre and billing period, and see the price change as you go. Q: How is the price calculated? A: The price is built from per-component rates: EUR 5.00 per vCPU, EUR 1.50 for each of the first 2 GB of RAM and EUR 2.50 for every further GB, and EUR 0.15 per GB of NVMe, per month, net of VAT. The order of the maths matters. First the hardware subtotal is rounded up to the whole euro, then the term discount is applied to that rounded figure, and traffic is added on top at the end. Example: 4 vCPU, 16 GB of RAM and 240 GB of NVMe is 20.00 + 38.00 + 36.00 = 94.00 EUR a month (the RAM is 2 GB at 1.50 plus 14 GB at 2.50), while a configuration that lands on 12.50 is charged as 13.00. The calculator runs the same steps on every change, so the figure you see on the page is the figure that lands on the invoice. Q: Is a machine I build cheaper than a ready VPS plan? A: No, and we would rather say it here than let you find out on the invoice. The component rates are deliberately fitted to the ready plans, so a machine you build by hand is never cheaper than the equivalent plan, and all 12 plans reproduce to the cent: 2 vCPU, 4 GB of RAM and 80 GB of NVMe costs 30.00 EUR here and 30.00 EUR as the Micro plan. Plans also include more traffic as they grow, from 1 TB on Nano to 50 TB on Ultra, which a built machine has to buy separately. So compare against the plans first, take the plan when it fits, and keep the calculator for the ratios the twelve plans do not cover. Q: How much does traffic cost? A: The first 1 TB each month is included at no charge, and every further TB costs EUR 1.00 a month, so picking 5 TB adds 4.00 EUR to the bill. One caveat worth knowing: traffic is charged at list price and the term discount does not apply to it. A 12 month machine at 94.00 EUR therefore pays 79.90 EUR for the hardware plus the full 4.00 EUR for the traffic. You can pick 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 16, 20, 30 or 50 TB, so estimate from your real monthly transfer rather than guessing high, and if your usage pattern is unusual, write to support before ordering. Q: Which operating systems can I install, and does Windows cost extra? A: You can pick from CentOS 7, 8 and 9, Ubuntu 20.04, 22.04, 24.04 and 26.04 LTS, Debian 11, 12 and 13, and Windows Server 2016, 2019, 2022 and 2025. Every image is free of charge, Windows included, but the Windows licence itself is not: the image installs on a trial licence, and you either buy the licence and CALs from us or activate it with your own key. The server invoice covers the hardware and the traffic and nothing else. The older releases stay on the list for legacy software that has not been ported yet. Note that MikroTik CHR is not offered in this calculator, it is a separate product with its own page. If the system you need is missing from the list, ask support before you order. Q: Where does the server run? A: The server runs in Riga, Latvia (RIX1) or in Amsterdam, Netherlands (NL1). Riga is the Tier 3+ data centre we run ourselves, on our own network, AS58269; in Amsterdam we run our own servers and IP addresses, while the building belongs to a local data centre operator. The price is identical in both locations. That means the choice comes down to latency to your users and to where you want the data to sit: Riga suits the Baltics and nearby markets, Amsterdam suits Western Europe. Dubai (DXB1) is available on request: contact support first. Whichever site you pick, every machine gets 1 IP address, a 1 Gbps port, NVMe storage and daily backups included. Q: How fast is the server ready? A: Your server is live 30 to 60 seconds after the payment goes through. The whole chain is automated: the machine is created, the image you picked is installed, and you receive the IP address together with the root or Administrator credentials, so you can log in as root on a Linux image or as Administrator on Windows straight away. There is no manual approval step and no queue, which also means the timing does not depend on office hours: an order paid at night comes up just as fast. The clock starts at payment confirmation, not at the moment you submit the order, so the only variable part is how quickly your payment clears. Q: Can I still change the term or the OS after adding the configuration to the cart? A: Yes. Once the configuration goes to the cart the hardware is fixed, but the term, the OS image and the data centre stay changeable there, so before you pay you can still switch from 1 month to 12 months and take the 15% discount, or swap Ubuntu 24.04 for Debian 13, without rebuilding anything. This is deliberate: those three choices do not change what hardware is assembled, only how it is billed and where and with which system it starts. To change the cores, RAM, disk or traffic, go back to the calculator, build the configuration again and send it to the cart afresh. Nothing is charged until you actually complete the payment. ### Windows VPS hosting in Riga from 16.15 EUR | CloudHosting URL: https://www.cloudhosting.lv/windows-vps Windows Server 2025 VPS with RDP access, NVMe storage and one fixed monthly price that covers the server. Live in about a minute in Riga or the Netherlands. Key facts: - Provider: CloudHosting SIA, a Latvian IT infrastructure provider operating since 2016 - What you get: A virtual server with Windows Server 2025 Standard preinstalled, full administrator rights, Remote Desktop access for two administrators at once, NVMe storage, a dedicated IPv4 address and a 1 Gbit/s port, live about a minute after payment - Location: Riga, Latvia, in a Tier 3+ data centre we run ourselves, or Amsterdam, Netherlands; you pick the location in the cart - Price: From 19.00 EUR a month, or 16.15 EUR a month on a 12 month term, for Starter with 1 vCPU, 4 GB RAM and 40 GB NVMe; 11 plans up to 706.00 EUR; prices are for the machine - Windows licence: Never included in a price. From Basic up the Windows Server licence is available from us on request; on every plan you can activate your own key - Minimum term: None: pay for 1, 3, 6 or 12 months, with 5, 10 or 15% off the longer periods - Backups: Daily backups of the whole machine kept for 7 days, stored separately from the server - Support: Monitoring and incident response 24/7. Engineers answer on working days 9:00-17:00 Riga time, in English, Latvian and Russian. - Contract: With CloudHosting SIA, an EU company registered in Latvia; invoices in EUR, nothing is charged automatically; refund within 14 days of paying the invoice Q: How much does a Windows VPS cost? A: CloudHosting Windows VPS plans cost the same as our Linux VPS: from 19.00 EUR a month without VAT for Starter with 1 vCPU, 4 GB RAM and 40 GB NVMe, or 16.15 EUR a month on 12-month billing. Micro is 30.00 EUR, Basic 46.00 EUR, and the ladder continues to Ultra at 706.00 EUR with 16 vCPU and 128 GB RAM; Medium, 4 vCPU with 16 GB RAM for 94.00 EUR, is the size we recommend for a working server. Paying for 3, 6 or 12 months saves 5, 10 or 15%. These prices are for the machine: the Windows Server licence is never included, and VAT of 21% is added where it applies. Q: Is the Windows Server licence included in the price? A: CloudHosting never includes the Windows Server licence in a Windows VPS price: the plan prices on this page are for the machine only. From the Basic plan up you can get a Windows Server 2025 licence from us on request, as we are a Microsoft partner; on any plan, Starter and Micro included, you can activate the server with your own licence key instead. Until it is activated, the image runs on a trial licence, so you can connect and set things up straight away. Remote Desktop for administration by up to two people needs no extra licence; more simultaneous users need RDS user licences, which we can help arrange. Q: Which Windows version do I get, and can I install Windows 11 instead? A: CloudHosting Windows VPS runs Windows Server 2025 Standard with the desktop experience, the current version, in mainstream support from Microsoft until 2029. Older images exist in the cart for compatibility with legacy software, but for a new server there is no reason to pick them. Windows 10 and Windows 11 are not offered: desktop editions of Windows are licensed for a personal device, not for a rented server, so a hosting provider cannot lawfully offer them. Windows Server with the desktop experience looks and behaves like the desktop version for every ordinary program, which is why it is what runs here. Q: How fast is the server ready, and how do I connect? A: A CloudHosting Windows VPS is deployed automatically and is normally reachable within a minute or two after the payment is confirmed. The IP address, the administrator login and the password appear in the client panel and are also sent by email. You connect over Remote Desktop, the RDP client built into Windows and available free for macOS, iOS, Android and Linux: enter the address and the credentials, and the Windows desktop opens in a window on your screen. A card payment activates the server at once, while a bank transfer does so as soon as the bank confirms the money has arrived. Q: How many people can use one server? A: A CloudHosting Windows VPS allows two simultaneous Remote Desktop sessions for administration, which is part of Windows Server and needs no additional licence. If several employees need to work on one machine at the same time, each of them needs a Remote Desktop user licence (RDS CAL). At that point our remote office product is usually the better fit: it is priced per workplace, and our engineers set up the users, the desktops and the backups for you. For one or two technical users, developers or a single program that runs around the clock, the Windows VPS on this page is the simpler and cheaper choice. Q: What is the difference between a Windows VPS and a Linux VPS? A: At CloudHosting a Windows VPS and a Linux VPS share the same hardware, network, panel and machine price; the difference is the operating system. Windows Server needs more memory and disk than Linux, so we suggest at least 2 vCPU and 4 GB RAM for comfortable RDP work, and its licence is a separate cost: available from us from Basic up, or brought by you. Linux images cost nothing extra. If your software runs on Linux, the Linux VPS is the cheaper choice; if it exists only for Windows, or your team works in a Windows desktop, this page is the right one. Q: Can I upgrade the plan later? A: A CloudHosting Windows VPS can grow in vCPU, memory and disk without reinstalling Windows, up to 16 vCPU, 128 GB RAM and 2 TB NVMe; a resize usually needs a single reboot. When the ready plans do not fit, the VPS calculator prices an exact configuration. CPU and memory can be reduced later as well, but disk size can only grow, a limitation of every virtual storage layer that is worth knowing before ordering a very large volume. If you are unsure where to start, Medium with 4 vCPU and 16 GB RAM is the size we recommend for a working Windows server. Q: Are backups included? A: Every CloudHosting Windows VPS includes daily backups of the whole machine, kept for 7 days on storage separate from the server, and you restore them yourself from the client panel. Hourly snapshots and a copy in the other region are not part of the standard plan: ask support and we will price them for your setup. Before a risky change, such as a large update or a new version of your accounting software, a restore point means you can roll back in minutes rather than rebuild the server. For truly critical data we still recommend a second copy away from the server, for example in our S3 object storage in the EU. Q: Where does the server run and who can access my data? A: CloudHosting runs Windows VPS on its own hardware in Riga, Latvia, in the data centre we run ourselves, or in Amsterdam, Netherlands, both under EU jurisdiction; you pick the location in the cart. Only you hold the administrator password. Our engineers do not log in to customer machines unless you ask for help and give access for that specific task. The contract is with CloudHosting SIA, a company registered in Latvia, so your data is processed under the GDPR and the invoice comes in euro. Your data stays in the location you chose and does not move anywhere without your action. Q: Is this RDP hosting, and is a Windows VDS the same thing? A: CloudHosting Windows VPS is RDP hosting: every plan is a Windows server you reach over Remote Desktop. VDS, virtual dedicated server, is another name for the same virtual machine with reserved vCPU and memory. Whatever the label, you get Windows Server 2025 on NVMe storage with a dedicated IPv4 address in Riga or the Netherlands, with full administrator rights. What we do not sell is anonymous RDP: every server is tied to a verified customer account and used under our terms of service. If you are unsure which of our products fits your case, write to support before ordering. Q: What support do I get, and in which languages? A: CloudHosting provides monitoring and incident response for the platform 24/7, and engineers answer on working days from 9:00 to 17:00 Riga time, in English, Latvian and Russian, by email, phone and tickets in the client area. A Windows VPS is self-managed: installing and maintaining your software is your job, while we keep the hardware, network and platform running. If you would rather have the server administered for you, our IT support team does that as a separate service, and the remote office product already includes administration hours. One invoice covers the server together with any other service you take from us. Q: Is there a minimum term, and can I get my money back? A: CloudHosting Windows VPS has no minimum term: you pay for 1, 3, 6 or 12 months in advance, invoiced in EUR, and nothing is charged automatically from a card or bank account. A cancelled Windows VPS is refunded within 14 days of paying the invoice, by the same method you paid with. To stop at the end of a paid period, simply do not pay the next invoice, or write to info@cloudhosting.lv and we stop issuing them; ending a service early, inside a period already paid for, needs 20 days' notice by email. A month on the smallest plan is an inexpensive way to test your software before committing. ### Hosted desktop with Windows and Office | CloudHosting URL: https://www.cloudhosting.lv/hosted-desktop A ready Windows desktop for every employee, from any computer. We set it up, run the backups and keep it working. Per workplace, data in the EU. Key facts: - Provider: CloudHosting SIA, a Latvian IT infrastructure provider operating since 2016 - What you get: One Windows Server 2025 office server with a personal desktop for every employee over Remote Desktop, set up by our engineers in one to two working days after the order - Location: Our own hardware in the Riga data centre we run ourselves, in Latvia; your data stays in the EU - Price: From 200 EUR a month without VAT: 150 EUR for the office server plus 50 EUR per workplace - Team size: 1 to 20 workplaces; the server is sized to the number of people - Included: Nightly backups kept 7 days and 2 hours of administration a month; extra time 50 EUR per hour, agreed in advance - Not included: Moving your existing files, mailboxes and databases in: a one-off job quoted by the hour - Support: Monitoring and incident response 24/7. Engineers answer on working days 9:00-17:00 Riga time, in English, Latvian and Russian. - Billing: One invoice a month for the workplaces, in EUR with VAT, from CloudHosting SIA, a Latvian company Q: How much does a hosted desktop cost per employee? A: A CloudHosting remote office costs 150 EUR a month for the office server plus 50 EUR per workplace, without VAT, so one person comes to 200 EUR and five people to 400 EUR a month. The price covers the office server in Riga, a desktop for every workplace, nightly backups kept for 7 days and 2 hours of administration every month; extra administration is 50 EUR per hour, agreed before the work starts. The server is sized for 1 to 20 workplaces, and the calculator on this page shows the price and the server size for your number of people. Moving your existing files and databases in is a one-off job quoted separately. Q: What exactly is included in the monthly price? A: CloudHosting's monthly price for a remote office covers four things: the office server in its Riga data centre, a Windows desktop for every workplace, nightly backups kept for 7 days and 2 hours of administration a month. Microsoft Office is an optional line per workplace in the calculator, and Windows licences are arranged per project, so we settle them with you when you tell us the size of the team. Not included: the one-off job of moving your existing files, mailboxes and databases onto the new server, which we quote by the hour once we have seen what has to move. Setting up the office takes one to two working days after the order. Q: Where is our data, and who can see it? A: CloudHosting keeps a remote office on its own hardware in the data centre it runs in Riga, Latvia, so your data stays in the European Union, and each employee sees only their own documents and the shared folders you choose. Access goes only over an encrypted connection, with a personal login for every person. Our engineers administer the server, but nobody reads your documents: administration is about users, programs and backups, not content. A lost laptop holds nothing, because the files never left the server, and a departing employee's login is closed with one click. The invoice comes from CloudHosting SIA, a Latvian company, in EUR with VAT. Q: Does every employee need a new computer? A: CloudHosting's remote office needs no new computers: any Windows PC, Mac, Chromebook, iPad or Android tablet that runs the free Remote Desktop app will do. Old computers work fine, because the actual work happens on the server in Riga and the device only shows the screen, so a five-year-old laptop is fast enough. Remote Desktop is already built into every Windows PC and is free on Mac, iPad and Android. Many customers keep their existing machines for years longer this way, and a person can close the laptop at home, open a different device at the office and find the same windows still there. Q: How fast is it? Will it feel like a normal computer? A: For office work, browsers, accounting and business programs, CloudHosting's remote office feels like a normal computer, and a stable internet line of a few megabits is enough. Only the screen travels over the connection, while the programs run on an NVMe server sized for your team: 4 GB of memory for the system and 2.5 GB for each person with a browser and Office open. What it is not made for is video editing, 3D or games, which need a graphics card on the desk. If your team needs more power than the standard sizing, bigger servers are available on request. Q: What happens if our internet goes down? A: When your office internet goes down, the CloudHosting server in Riga keeps running and nothing is lost; you simply cannot see it until the connection is back. Because the desktop lives on the server, people can switch to a phone hotspot or go to a cafe and carry on exactly where they were. The server itself sits behind redundant power and network in the Riga data centre, with monitoring and incident response 24/7, and engineers answer on working days 9:00-17:00 Riga time if something on our side needs a person. Q: Can we use our own Microsoft 365 subscription for Office? A: CloudHosting can run Office in your remote office with your own Microsoft 365 subscription when the plan supports shared computer activation, as Business Premium, Apps for enterprise, E3 and E5 do. On a shared desktop Office has to run in that mode. Business Standard and Business Basic do not support it, and Office would open only in read-only mode. Without Office, we install LibreOffice free. Tell us which plan you have and we will say straight away whether it works or whether our Office option is the cheaper route for your team. Q: Can we add or remove people later? A: CloudHosting usually has a new remote office workplace ready the same working day, and it appears on the next invoice; a closed workplace stops being billed from the next month. That is the normal life of an office: a new colleague, ten extra people for the busy season, someone leaving. When a person leaves, we close their login and keep their files for you to reassign or archive. The office server is sized for anything from 1 to 20 workplaces, and the calculator on this page shows the price for each team size. Q: What does the two hours of administration cover, and what if we need more? A: Every CloudHosting remote office includes 2 hours of administration a month, and extra time costs 50 EUR per hour, agreed before the work starts. The included hours cover the ordinary things an office needs every month: a new user, a password reset, a printer, a program update, a question about where a file went. Bigger jobs, such as migrating a database or setting up a new system, are agreed in advance and billed by the hour at the same rate, so there is never a surprise on the invoice. Q: Is this desktop as a service, a hosted virtual desktop or a terminal server? A: CloudHosting's remote office is technically a Windows Server 2025 terminal server in Riga, which other providers call a hosted virtual desktop or desktop as a service. One machine carries a Remote Desktop session for each person, and Office and your programs are installed once for everyone. The difference from the big cloud offerings is that the server runs on our hardware in Riga, the engineers who set it up answer the phone on working days, and you pay a flat price per workplace instead of by the hour. Q: What languages does support speak, and when does it answer? A: CloudHosting's engineers in Riga answer in English, Latvian and Russian on working days 9:00-17:00 Riga time, while monitoring and incident response run 24/7. You reach them by phone at +371 66 66 29 69 or by e-mail at info@cloudhosting.lv, and they are the same people who built your office server. Everyday requests, such as a new user, a password reset or a printer, count towards the 2 hours of administration included every month, and anything bigger is agreed with you in advance at the hourly rate. Q: How do we leave if we need to? A: CloudHosting bills a remote office one month at a time for the workplaces, with no automatic card charges, so leaving means closing the workplaces or the whole office. A closed workplace stops being billed from the next month; to end the whole service you tell us or do not pay the next invoice, and ending inside an already paid period needs 20 days' notice. Your documents are ordinary Windows files and folders, so they can be copied to another server or to your own computers, and we agree the copying with you in advance like any administration job. If an invoice stays unpaid, the data is kept for at least 30 days after the service is blocked. ### VPS hosting in Latvia from 9.35 EUR, NVMe | CloudHosting URL: https://www.cloudhosting.lv/vps NVMe VPS in Riga or Amsterdam from 11 EUR a month, or 9.35 EUR a month on a 12-month term. Linux or Windows, live in 30 to 60 seconds, 99.9% uptime target. Key facts: - Provider: CloudHosting SIA, a Latvian IT infrastructure provider operating since 2016 - What you get: A virtual server with guaranteed vCPU, RAM and NVMe storage, full root or Administrator access, a dedicated IPv4 address, a 1 Gbit/s port and private networking, live 30 to 60 seconds after payment - Location: Riga, Latvia (RIX1), in a Tier 3+ data centre we run ourselves; Amsterdam, Netherlands (NL1) as a second live region; Dubai (DXB1) on request - Price: From 11.00 EUR a month, or 9.35 EUR a month on a 12 month term, for 1 vCPU, 2 GB RAM and 20 GB NVMe; 12 plans up to 706.00 EUR for 16 vCPU and 128 GB RAM; no setup fee - Minimum term: None: pay for 1, 3, 6 or 12 months, with 5, 10 or 15% off the longer periods - Backups: Daily backups kept for 7 days, stored separately from the server; hourly snapshots and a copy in the other region on request - Operating systems: Ubuntu, Debian, CentOS, AlmaLinux or Windows Server. The Windows Server licence is not included: buy it from us or use your own key - Support: Monitoring and incident response 24/7. Engineers answer on working days 9:00-17:00 Riga time, in English, Latvian and Russian. - Contract: With CloudHosting SIA, an EU company registered in Latvia; invoices in EUR, nothing is charged automatically; refund within 14 days of paying the invoice Q: How much does a VPS cost in Latvia? A: CloudHosting VPS plans start at 11.00 EUR a month without VAT for 1 vCPU, 2 GB RAM and 20 GB NVMe, or 9.35 EUR a month on 12-month billing. Longer periods cost less: 3 months saves 5%, 6 months 10% and 12 months 15%, applied automatically in the cart. The largest standard plan, 16 vCPU with 128 GB RAM and 2 TB NVMe, is 706 EUR a month, and the VPS calculator prices custom sizes. Every price includes NVMe storage, a dedicated IPv4 address, a 1 Gbps port and private networking, with no setup fee. Latvian VAT of 21% is added for customers in Latvia and for EU customers without a valid VAT number; companies with a VIES-valid number elsewhere in the EU buy at 0% with reverse charge. The Windows Server licence is not included in any price. Q: Where are the servers, and should I choose Riga or Amsterdam? A: CloudHosting runs its VPS in two live regions with the same plans, prices and panel: Riga, Latvia (RIX1), in the Tier 3+ data centre we run ourselves, and Amsterdam, Netherlands (NL1); Dubai (DXB1) is available on request. Choose Riga when your users are in the Baltics, Finland, Poland or the Nordics, when data should stay in Latvia, or when you want servers our own engineers maintain on site. Choose Amsterdam when most of your visitors are in Western Europe. The two sites are a few tens of milliseconds apart, your data stays in the region you picked, and support can move a server to the other region later on request. Q: How fast is a VPS ready after payment? A: A CloudHosting VPS is live 30 to 60 seconds after payment, with no ticket and no manual review. Preconfigured Linux images (Ubuntu, Debian, CentOS, AlmaLinux) and Windows Server templates deploy automatically, so ordering at night or at the weekend changes nothing. The root or Administrator password appears in the client panel together with a browser console for emergencies. A card payment activates the server at once; a bank transfer activates it as soon as the bank confirms the money has arrived. The server, its login details and the invoice are all visible in the client panel from the first minute. Q: Which operating systems can I install, and is the Windows licence included? A: CloudHosting offers Linux and Windows Server on every VPS plan at the same machine price, but the Windows Server licence is never included. Linux images include Ubuntu LTS, Debian, CentOS and AlmaLinux, with other distributions on request, and you get full root access over SSH. Windows Server installs with a trial licence that you activate either with a licence bought from us, as a Microsoft partner, or with your own key. You connect over RDP as Administrator; two concurrent administrative sessions work out of the box, and RDS CALs can be added when more people must work at once. You can reinstall or switch the operating system later: the IP address and the plan stay, only the disk contents are replaced. Q: Do I get full root access, and can I run Docker or a mail server? A: Every CloudHosting VPS comes with full root access on Linux or Administrator on Windows, and we keep no accounts inside your server. Each VPS is a fully virtualized machine with its own kernel, so Docker, Docker Compose, Podman and k3s run without restrictions; for several containers we recommend at least 2 vCPU and 4 GB RAM. A mail server works too: every VPS has a dedicated IPv4 address, and we set the PTR (reverse DNS) record on request, so with SPF, DKIM and DMARC your mail authenticates properly. The client panel adds power controls and a browser console that works even when SSH or the firewall is misconfigured. Updates inside the operating system are your responsibility unless you order administration. Q: Can I upgrade my VPS later? A: A CloudHosting VPS can grow to 16 vCPU, 128 GB RAM and 2 TB NVMe without reinstalling the operating system; a resize usually needs a single reboot. You can move to a bigger ready plan or, when none fits, set exact numbers in the VPS calculator. CPU and RAM can later be reduced as well, but disk size can only grow, which is a limitation of every virtual storage layer and worth knowing before you order a very large volume. If you are unsure which size you need, start smaller: growing later is routine, while shrinking a disk is not possible. Q: How do backups and snapshots work? A: Every CloudHosting VPS plan includes daily backups kept for 7 days, stored separately from the server, and you restore them yourself from the client panel. Hourly snapshots and a copy in the other region are not part of the standard plan: ask support and we will price them for your setup. A snapshot captures the whole machine, so a failed upgrade rolls back in minutes rather than hours. Restores through the panel are available at any time, and through support on working days from 9:00 to 17:00 Riga time. For truly critical data we still recommend an off-site copy as well: no single provider should be your only backup, and we say that about ourselves too. Q: What about DDoS protection and security? A: CloudHosting monitors the network 24/7 and filters clearly malicious volumetric traffic at the network edge, before it reaches your VPS. Security inside the server is your side of the deal: a firewall, fail2ban, rate limiting in Nginx and timely updates stop the large majority of real-world attacks, and our engineers can help you configure them. If your project expects targeted attacks, talk to us before ordering: we will suggest an architecture with a separated frontend, backends on the private network and an upstream protection service where it genuinely makes sense. Most real incidents start with outdated software, so regular updates do more than any single tool. Q: What support do I get, and can you manage the server for me? A: CloudHosting support provides monitoring and incident response 24/7, and engineers in Riga answer on working days from 9:00 to 17:00 Riga time, in English, Latvian and Russian, by email, phone and tickets. A VPS is self-managed by default: you install, update and monitor your own software. If you would rather hand that off, order server administration from our IT support team: monitoring, security updates, backup checks, web-stack tuning and an engineer who knows your setup. Administration is billed as a separate service, so the VPS prices on this page stay exactly as listed. That format suits companies without a system administrator of their own. Q: Can you help me migrate from another provider? A: CloudHosting support answers migration questions on working days from 9:00 to 17:00 Riga time, and our administrators can plan and carry out the whole move as an IT support service, including the DNS switchover with minimal downtime. The practical path depends on what you move: a typical website travels as an archive plus a database dump, whole Linux servers move well with rsync, and Windows moves via an image or a fresh install with the data copied over. Small sites usually move in one evening, while larger servers are planned step by step in advance. Keep the old server running until the new one is verified: that is the one rule we insist on. Q: What is the difference between a VPS and shared hosting? A: A CloudHosting VPS starts at 11.00 EUR a month and gives you dedicated vCPU, RAM and NVMe storage with full root access, while shared web hosting starts at 4.00 EUR a month and we run the server for you. On a VPS you can run any software: containers, databases, VPN or game servers, not just websites. Shared hosting is cheaper and easier, but resources are shared and configuration is limited to what cPanel allows. Choose shared hosting for a typical website; choose a VPS when you need your own services, custom stacks, guaranteed performance or an isolated environment. Both run in our Riga data centre, so moving from one to the other later is simple, and we help with it. Q: Is there a minimum term or a money-back guarantee? A: CloudHosting VPS has no minimum term: you pay for 1, 3, 6 or 12 months in advance, invoiced in EUR, and nothing is charged automatically from a card or bank account. A cancelled VPS is refunded within 14 days of paying the invoice, by the same method you paid with; the only exceptions under our terms are dedicated server rental and domain registrations. To stop at the end of a paid period, simply do not pay the next invoice, or write to info@cloudhosting.lv and we stop issuing them. Ending a service early, inside a period already paid for, needs 20 days' notice by email. If something is wrong, tell us the reason: most refund requests turn out to be solvable problems. ### VPS Netherlands from 9.35 EUR, Amsterdam | CloudHosting URL: https://www.cloudhosting.lv/vps-netherlands Order an NVMe VPS in Amsterdam, the Netherlands. From 9.35 EUR/mo, live in 30 to 60 seconds, Linux or Windows, 99.9% uptime target, EU data protection. Key facts: - Provider: CloudHosting SIA, a Latvian IT infrastructure provider operating since 2016 - What you get: A virtual server with guaranteed vCPU, RAM and NVMe storage, full root or Administrator access, a dedicated Dutch IPv4 address, a 1 Gbit/s port and private networking, live 30 to 60 seconds after payment - Location: Amsterdam, Netherlands (NL1), on our own servers and IP addresses; Riga, Latvia (RIX1), in the Tier 3+ data centre we run ourselves, as the other live region; Dubai (DXB1) on request - Price: The same as in Riga: from 11.00 EUR a month, or 9.35 EUR a month on a 12 month term, for 1 vCPU, 2 GB RAM and 20 GB NVMe; 12 plans up to 706.00 EUR for 16 vCPU and 128 GB RAM; no setup fee - Minimum term: None: pay for 1, 3, 6 or 12 months, with 5, 10 or 15% off the longer periods - Backups: Daily backups kept for 7 days, stored separately from the server; hourly snapshots and a copy in Riga on request - Operating systems: Ubuntu, Debian, CentOS, AlmaLinux or Windows Server. The Windows Server licence is not included: buy it from us or use your own key - Support: Monitoring and incident response 24/7. Engineers answer on working days 9:00-17:00 Riga time, in English, Latvian and Russian. - Contract: With CloudHosting SIA, an EU company registered in Latvia; invoices in EUR, nothing is charged automatically; refund within 14 days of paying the invoice Q: How much does a VPS in the Netherlands cost? A: CloudHosting charges the same in Amsterdam as in Riga: VPS plans start at 11.00 EUR a month without VAT for 1 vCPU, 2 GB RAM and 20 GB NVMe, or 9.35 EUR a month on 12-month billing. Paying for 3 months saves 5%, 6 months 10% and 12 months 15%, applied automatically in the cart. The largest standard plan, 16 vCPU with 128 GB RAM and 2 TB NVMe, is 706.00 EUR a month, and the calculator prices sizes in between. Every price includes NVMe storage, a dedicated IPv4 address, a 1 Gbit/s port and private networking, with no setup fee. Latvian VAT of 21% applies to customers in Latvia and to EU customers without a VIES-valid VAT number; EU companies with one pay 0% under reverse charge, and customers outside the EU pay no VAT. Q: Why Amsterdam, and what latency can I expect? A: CloudHosting runs its Netherlands region (NL1) in Amsterdam because the city is one of the best connected internet hubs in Europe and home to the AMS-IX exchange, so paths to networks across Western Europe are short. From Amsterdam, round trips to London, Frankfurt and Paris take a few milliseconds, and most of Western Europe stays in a similar range. We do not publish millisecond tables, because real latency depends on your users' providers and routes as much as on ours. If one route matters to your project, write to support before ordering and we will help you measure it. For users in the Baltics, Riga is usually the shorter path. Q: Should I choose the Netherlands or Riga? A: CloudHosting sells the same plans, prices and panel in both live regions, so the only question is where your users are. Choose Amsterdam (NL1) when most of them are in Western Europe, the UK or Benelux. Choose Riga (RIX1), the Tier 3+ data centre we run ourselves, when they are in Latvia, the Baltics or the Nordics, or when you want the server in the building our own engineers operate. Many customers run production in one region and keep backups or a standby in the other, on one invoice. Dubai (DXB1) is available on request. If you are unsure, order where your traffic is today; a move between regions is possible later. Q: Is my data under EU law in the Netherlands region? A: CloudHosting keeps Netherlands VPS data in Amsterdam, inside the EU, so EU jurisdiction and GDPR apply by default, exactly as in Riga. Your server and its contents stay in the region you selected and are never moved without your explicit request. The contract is with CloudHosting SIA, a company registered in Latvia, so both the provider and the infrastructure are in the EU, which keeps data processing agreements and client compliance questionnaires simple. The servers and IP addresses in Amsterdam are ours, while the building belongs to a local data centre operator. If your rules require a specific country, you choose it at order time and it does not change afterwards. Q: Will my server have a Dutch IP address? A: Every CloudHosting VPS in the Netherlands region gets a dedicated IPv4 address from our own address range in Amsterdam, and geolocation databases place these addresses in the Netherlands. That matters for services that localise by IP, for local search results and for anything that expects a West European origin. Each address belongs to one customer at a time, so its sending and browsing reputation is yours alone, and we set the PTR (reverse DNS) record on request. Geolocation providers update on their own schedules, so a rare stale entry can take some time to correct; if you spot one, tell support. Q: Which operating systems can I install, and is the Windows licence included? A: CloudHosting offers Linux and Windows Server on every Netherlands plan at the same machine price, but the Windows Server licence is never included. Linux images cover Ubuntu LTS, Debian, CentOS and AlmaLinux with full root access over SSH, and other distributions can be discussed with support. Windows Server installs with a trial licence that you activate with a licence bought from us, as a Microsoft partner, or with your own key; you connect over RDP as Administrator, and two administrative sessions work out of the box. You can reinstall or switch the operating system later and keep the same plan and Dutch IP address. Q: Does Docker work, and can I run a mail server? A: Every CloudHosting VPS in Amsterdam is a full virtual machine with its own kernel, so Docker, Docker Compose, Podman and single-node k3s run without restrictions; for builds and several containers we suggest at least 2 vCPU and 4 GB RAM. A mail server works too: the dedicated IPv4 address means the sending reputation is yours alone. Publish SPF, DKIM and DMARC and ask support to set the PTR record for your Dutch IP. A West European address is a reasonable base for mail to European recipients, but inbox placement is earned by months of clean sending, so for business-critical mail we still recommend an established relay or hosted mailbox. Q: How do backups work, and can a copy go to Riga? A: Every CloudHosting VPS plan in the Netherlands includes daily backups kept for 7 days, stored separately from the server, and you restore them yourself from the client panel. Hourly snapshots and a copy in the other region are arranged on request rather than included. A cross-region copy means your Amsterdam backup is also kept in Riga, in another country on separate infrastructure, so a serious incident in one location does not take your data with it; Riga servers can back up to Amsterdam the same way. For truly critical data, keep one more copy outside any single provider, us included. Q: Can I move an existing VPS between Riga and Amsterdam? A: CloudHosting support moves a VPS between Riga and Amsterdam in either direction as a scheduled task: we take a snapshot of your server and start it in the other region, so the operating system, software and data arrive exactly as they were. The IP address changes, because each region has its own address ranges, so plan a DNS update and a short switchover window; the old server can keep running until you confirm the new one. We schedule the move around your quiet hours. The price does not change, since plans cost the same in both regions. Q: What about DDoS protection and security in Amsterdam? A: CloudHosting monitors the network 24/7, and clearly malicious volumetric floods are filtered at the network edge, in Amsterdam as in Riga. Security inside the server is your side of the deal: a firewall, fail2ban, rate limits in the web server and prompt updates stop most real attacks, and our engineers can help you set them up. If your project is likely to attract targeted attacks, talk to us before ordering; we usually suggest a separated frontend, backends on the private network and an upstream filtering service where it genuinely helps. Most real incidents start with outdated software, so regular updates do more than any single tool. Q: What support do I get with a Netherlands VPS? A: CloudHosting provides monitoring and incident response 24/7 for the Amsterdam region, and engineers in Riga answer on working days from 9:00 to 17:00 Riga time, in English, Latvian and Russian, by email, phone and tickets. The team that runs Riga answers for Amsterdam too, in the same client panel. A VPS is self-managed by default: you install, update and watch your own software. If you would rather hand that off, our IT support team offers server administration, including monitoring, security updates, backup checks and tuning, billed as a separate service so the plan prices on this page stay as listed. Q: Is there a minimum term or a refund? A: CloudHosting VPS in the Netherlands has no minimum term: you pay for 1, 3, 6 or 12 months in advance, invoiced in EUR, and nothing is charged automatically from a card or bank account. A cancelled VPS is refunded within 14 days of paying the invoice, by the same method you paid with. To stop at the end of a paid period, simply do not pay the next invoice, or write to info@cloudhosting.lv and we stop issuing them. Ending a service early, inside a period already paid for, needs 20 days' notice by email. Renewals keep the same discounts, and you can switch to another period at renewal. ### VPS calculator: Amsterdam, Netherlands | CloudHosting URL: https://www.cloudhosting.lv/vps-calculator-netherlands Build a custom VPS in Amsterdam, the Netherlands: pick vCPU, RAM and NVMe, see the price live, and the server is running 30 to 60 seconds after payment. Q: How is the price calculated for an Amsterdam VPS? A: The same way as in Riga, from per-component rates: EUR 5.00 per vCPU, EUR 1.50 for each of the first 2 GB of RAM and EUR 2.50 for every further GB, and EUR 0.15 per GB of NVMe, per month, net of VAT. The order of the maths matters. First the hardware subtotal is rounded up to the whole euro, then the term discount is applied to that rounded figure, and traffic is added at the end: the first 1 TB a month is included and every further TB costs EUR 1.00. The Amsterdam region adds nothing on top of any of this. The calculator runs the same steps on every change, so the figure you see on the page is the figure that lands on the invoice. Q: Is a VPS in the Netherlands more expensive than one in Riga? A: No. The component rates are identical in both regions, so the same configuration costs the same in Amsterdam (NL1) and in Riga (RIX1), to the cent. Riga is the Tier 3+ data centre we run ourselves, on our own network, AS58269; Amsterdam is our second region in the Netherlands, where we run our own servers and IP addresses in a building that belongs to a local data centre operator. That means the choice comes down to latency and jurisdiction, not price: pick Amsterdam when your users are in Western Europe, Riga when they are in the Baltics and nearby markets. Dubai (DXB1) is available on request: talk to support first. Q: When should I take a ready Netherlands plan instead of building one? A: Whenever a plan matches your size. The component rates are fitted to the ready plans, so a machine you build by hand is never cheaper than the equivalent plan, and the plans include more traffic as they grow. The Netherlands VPS plans start at 11.00 EUR a month, 9.35 EUR a month effective on 12 month billing, and run up to 16 vCPU, 128 GB of RAM and 2 TB of NVMe at 706.00 EUR a month, with daily backups on every plan and hourly snapshots and cross-region copies depending on the plan. Keep this calculator for the ratios the plans do not cover. Q: Can I change the configuration later? A: Before payment, yes, in two steps. In the cart the term, the OS image and the data centre stay changeable, so you can still switch to the 12 month term and take the 15% discount, or swap the image, without rebuilding anything. To change the cores, RAM, disk or traffic, go back to the calculator, build the configuration again and send it to the cart afresh; nothing is charged until you complete the payment. Once the server is live, resizing goes through support rather than this page: write to us with the size you need and we will arrange the change. Q: Which operating systems can I install in Amsterdam? A: The same images as in Riga. On Linux you can pick Ubuntu, Debian, CentOS or AlmaLinux, and Windows Server costs the same as Linux: no separate Windows fee appears on the server invoice, but the licence is not included: the image installs with a trial licence that you activate with a licence bought from us or your own key. The image is installed automatically as part of provisioning, and you log in as root on Linux or as Administrator on Windows as soon as the server is up. MikroTik CHR is not offered in this calculator, it is a separate product with its own page. If the system you need is missing from the list, ask support before you order. Q: How do VAT and the term discounts work? A: All prices on this page are net of VAT. Latvian VAT of 21% is added where applicable, and EU businesses with a valid VIES VAT number are reverse charged at 0%, so they pay the net figure. The term discounts are 5% on 3 months, 10% on 6 months and 15% on 12 months, applied to the hardware subtotal after the round up to the whole euro; traffic is charged at list price and the discount does not apply to it. The location makes no difference to any of this: an Amsterdam machine is invoiced exactly like a Riga one. Q: How well is the Amsterdam region connected? A: Amsterdam is one of the best connected internet hubs in Europe, home of AMS-IX, and sits a few milliseconds from London, Frankfurt and Paris. Your server gets a 1 Gbps port, 1 IPv4 address and private networking to your other machines; the servers and IP addresses are ours, while the building belongs to a local data centre operator. The server is live 30 to 60 seconds after payment and is covered by the same 99.9% uptime target as every VPS we run, so the second region is not a second-class one. ### Dedicated server Riga, Latvia from 130 EUR | CloudHosting URL: https://www.cloudhosting.lv/dedicated-server Rent a dedicated server in Riga or the Netherlands: Intel Xeon and AMD EPYC, NVMe, 1 Gbps port and 30 TB traffic from 130 EUR a month. Order online. Key facts: - Provider: CloudHosting SIA, a Latvian IT infrastructure provider operating since 2016 - Servers: 12 catalogue configurations with Intel Xeon or AMD EPYC, 16 GB to 512 GB RAM and SSD, NVMe, SAS or HDD storage; IPMI or an equivalent remote console on most models; custom builds on request - Location: Riga, Latvia (RIX1): 9 configurations in a Tier 3+ data centre CloudHosting runs itself. Amsterdam, the Netherlands (NL1): 3 configurations. Both in the EU - Price: From 130.05 EUR a month (Dedicated Start on a 12-month term; 153.00 EUR month to month). Longer terms take 5, 10 or 15% off the monthly price on 3, 6 or 12 months - Minimum term: 1 month. A one-time setup fee equal to one monthly base price applies only to a 1-month term; on 3, 6 and 12 months there is none - Network: A 1 Gbit/s port with 30 TB of traffic a month on every catalogue server; 10 Gbit/s and more in Riga on request; ready 10 Gbps unmetered servers in the Amsterdam catalogue - Delivery: Catalogue configurations within 1 to 2 business days, with the operating system you choose installed; a Windows Server licence is not included in the price - Support: Monitoring and incident response 24/7. Engineers answer on working days 9:00-17:00 Riga time, in English, Latvian and Russian. - Contract: With CloudHosting SIA under Latvian law, invoiced in EUR in advance; nothing is charged automatically. Dedicated server rental is not covered by the 14-day refund Q: How much does a dedicated server cost in Latvia? A: CloudHosting dedicated servers start at 130.05 EUR a month without VAT: that is the Dedicated Start configuration in Riga on a 12-month term, 153.00 EUR month to month. Shorter terms cost more per month: the discounts against the monthly base price are 5% for 3 months, 10% for 6 and 15% for 12. On a 1-month term the first invoice also carries a one-time setup fee equal to one monthly base price; on 3, 6 and 12-month terms there is no setup fee. Latvian VAT of 21% is added where it applies. The exact figure depends on the configuration you pick, so use the catalogue filters and the billing period switch to see the real total, with or without VAT, before you order. Q: What is the difference between a dedicated server and a VPS? A: A CloudHosting dedicated server is an entire physical machine reserved for one customer, while a VPS is a virtual slice of a shared host. On a dedicated server every core, all the RAM and the full disk bandwidth are yours, with no hypervisor in between. In practice that means no noisy neighbours can spike your latency or steal IOPS, so performance stays flat around the clock, which busy databases and high-traffic projects feel first. You can even run your own hypervisor on it and slice it yourself. A VPS is usually enough for smaller workloads and costs less; our dedicated servers start at 130.05 EUR a month on a 12-month term in Riga and Amsterdam, each with a 1 Gbit/s port and 30 TB of traffic. Q: How fast is a dedicated server delivered? A: CloudHosting usually hands over catalogue dedicated servers within 1 to 2 business days. During that window the machine is racked, tested and provisioned with the operating system you selected at order, and you receive the access credentials once it is live. Custom builds take longer because they depend on parts availability: we confirm what is in stock, source anything missing and quote a firm delivery date in the offer, so you know the timeline before you commit. If your project has a hard deadline, mention it when ordering or write to support first, and we will tell you honestly whether the configuration can be ready in time. Q: Where are your dedicated servers located? A: CloudHosting dedicated servers stand in two EU locations: the Tier 3+ data centre it runs itself in Riga, Latvia (RIX1), with 9 catalogue configurations, and its second site in Amsterdam, the Netherlands (NL1), with 3. Both are under EU jurisdiction, so your data stays subject to European law. Riga is the natural choice for the Baltics and nearby markets, while the Dutch site suits projects with an audience in Western Europe. Every catalogue server includes a 1 Gbit/s port with 30 TB of monthly traffic. The catalogue can be filtered by location before you order, and if you need another region, Dubai (DXB1) is available on request: write to us before ordering. Q: What does the setup fee cover? A: CloudHosting charges a one-time setup fee for a dedicated server only on a 1-month term, equal to one monthly base price; on 3, 6 and 12-month terms there is none. The fee covers assembly, burn-in testing, OS installation and network setup. Unlike a virtual machine, a dedicated server involves physical work: the chassis is assembled to your configuration, then stress tested so that weak components fail on our bench rather than under your production load. After that we install the operating system you chose and configure the network side, including your IP addresses, so the machine is ready to use at handover. The fee is charged once at order, never repeats on renewal, and everything else on the invoice is monthly. Q: Does the 14-day money-back guarantee apply to dedicated servers? A: The CloudHosting 14-day refund does not apply to dedicated server rental: under our terms it is one of two exceptions, together with domain registration. Otherwise a cancelled service is refunded within 14 days of paying the invoice, but the machine is assembled, tested and reserved for you from day one, so the rental cannot be undone the way a virtual service can. The setup fee is a one-time charge at order and is not refundable either. VPS and web hosting are covered by the 14-day refund, so if you are unsure a dedicated server is the right fit, describe the workload to us before ordering, or start on a VPS and move later. Q: Can I upgrade RAM or disks later? A: CloudHosting can fit extra memory or additional SSD, HDD and NVMe drives into the dedicated server you already rent, as long as its platform has free slots. Write to support with what you need: we check the free slots on your specific server and confirm the monthly price of the add-on before anything changes. The physical installation happens during a maintenance window agreed with you in advance, so you decide when the short interruption suits your project best, and the downtime is usually a matter of minutes. If your particular platform has no room left, we will say so honestly and suggest a configuration that fits your growth instead. Q: Do I get remote management access? A: CloudHosting includes IPMI or an equivalent remote console with most of its dedicated servers. It works below the operating system, so even when the OS does not boot or the network configuration is broken you can still open the console, power the machine off and on, mount an installation image and reinstall or recover the system yourself, without opening a ticket or waiting for anyone. That matters most during risky changes, when one mistake could otherwise cut you off from the machine. On the few models that lack such a console our team performs reinstalls for you on request. If remote management is critical for you, ask support before ordering and we will confirm what a specific model offers. Q: Can I bring my own hardware instead? A: CloudHosting also hosts servers you already own: colocation in its Riga data centre costs 40.00 EUR a month per 1U rack server or tower server, plus electricity by meter. Your machines go into the same Tier 3+ racks, with the same network and our engineers available as remote hands. Colocation makes sense when you already own good hardware, or when licensed software is tied to a specific physical machine, but you no longer want to worry about power, cooling and connectivity yourself. When something needs a reboot or a component swap, the people next to the racks handle it. Write to us with what you plan to install and we will come back with a colocation quote. Q: Do you have dedicated servers with a 10 Gbit/s port? A: CloudHosting sells ready 10 Gbps unmetered dedicated servers in its Amsterdam catalogue, from 1372.75 EUR a month on a 12-month term (1615.00 EUR month to month). Those six configurations run AMD EPYC or Intel Xeon with DDR5 and NVMe, each on its own full-duplex 10 Gbit/s port with no traffic cap and no setup fee. The servers on this page come with a standard 1 Gbit/s port and 30 TB of traffic a month. In Riga, 10 Gbit/s and more is arranged on request, for example for a larger project or for colocation: describe the traffic you expect and we will quote the port and the transit together. Q: Can I run Windows Server on a dedicated server? A: CloudHosting installs Windows Server on a dedicated server on request, but the licence is never included in the server price: you either buy it from us or use your own key. Any current Linux distribution, such as Ubuntu LTS, Debian, AlmaLinux or Rocky Linux, is installed free of charge before handover. Mention the operating system and, for Windows, how you want to license it in the order notes or to support, so the machine arrives ready. Because the hardware is entirely yours to use, you can also run your own hypervisor and license guest systems as your vendor requires; our engineers help over a ticket whenever you need a reinstall. Q: What support comes with a dedicated server? A: CloudHosting runs monitoring and incident response 24/7, and its engineers answer requests on working days from 9:00 to 17:00 Riga time, in English, Latvian and Russian. The hardware side is ours: if a disk, a power supply or another component fails, we arrange the replacement, and in Riga our engineers work next to the racks, so there is no partner to wait for. The operating system and the software on the server are yours to administer with full root access, unless you hand them to our IT support team under a separate agreement. Requests go through tickets in the client area, by email or by phone, and the same people read the whole thread whichever language you write in. ### 10 Gbps Servers in Amsterdam from 1372.75 EUR | CloudHosting URL: https://www.cloudhosting.lv/10gbps-dedicated-servers Dedicated servers with a guaranteed 10 Gbps unmetered port in Amsterdam, the Netherlands: from 1372.75 EUR a month on a 12-month term, no setup fee. Key facts: - Provider: CloudHosting SIA, a Latvian IT infrastructure provider operating since 2016 - Servers: Six configurations: AMD EPYC 9355P or 9655P, Intel Xeon Gold 6526Y, Xeon 6741P or 6761P; 32 to 96 cores, 128 to 512 GB DDR5, two NVMe drives - Port and traffic: A 10 Gbit/s full-duplex port per server, not shared with other customers; unmetered traffic with no monthly cap, no overage fee and no 95th percentile billing - Location: Amsterdam, the Netherlands (NL1), in the EU - Price: From 1372.75 EUR a month on a 12-month term (1615.00 EUR month to month) up to 2070.00 EUR month to month for the 96-core EPYC 9655P; 5, 10 or 15% off on 3, 6 or 12 months - Minimum term: 1 month, with no setup fee on any billing period - Included: Always-on DDoS filtering, one dedicated IPv4 address from our own range and the Linux distribution of your choice, handed over within 24 to 48 hours of payment. A Windows Server licence is not included - Support: Monitoring and incident response 24/7. Engineers answer on working days 9:00-17:00 Riga time, in English, Latvian and Russian. - Contract: With CloudHosting SIA under Latvian law, invoiced in EUR in advance; nothing is charged automatically. Dedicated server rental is not covered by the 14-day refund Q: What does unmetered mean on these servers? A: On CloudHosting 10 Gbps servers, unmetered means no traffic accounting can change your bill: there is no monthly allowance, no price per extra terabyte and no 95th percentile measurement. The server has its own 10 Gbit/s full-duplex port, and you may use it at line rate around the clock. The only limits are the port speed itself and our acceptable use policy, which requires lawful use. This is different from budget offers where unmetered means a shared uplink: here the port is not shared with other customers, so the invoice for a month at full speed is the same as for a quiet month. Q: Where are the servers located? A: CloudHosting 10 Gbps servers are located in Amsterdam, the Netherlands (NL1), the same region where CloudHosting runs its Dutch VPS. Amsterdam is one of the best connected places in Europe: traffic reaches London, Paris and Frankfurt in a few milliseconds and the rest of the continent within tens. The servers carry IP addresses from our own range, and your data stays under EU jurisdiction, with GDPR applying by default. If your audience is mainly in the Baltics, our regular dedicated servers in Riga, with a 1 Gbit/s port and 10 Gbit/s on request, may be the closer fit. Q: How fast is the server delivered? A: CloudHosting hands over a 10 Gbps server within 24 to 48 hours of payment on business days. Each server is racked and burned in individually, the port and DDoS profile are configured for your order, and the operating system you chose is installed before handover. You receive full access details in the client panel and by email. If a specific configuration is temporarily out of stock, we contact you immediately with the realistic date before any money is tied up. If the project has a fixed launch date, mention it in the order and we will plan for it. Q: Is the 10 Gbit/s speed guaranteed or shared? A: On CloudHosting 10 Gbps servers the full 10 Gbit/s is guaranteed: the port is dedicated to your server and runs full duplex, meaning 10 Gbit/s in and 10 Gbit/s out simultaneously. It is not a burst limit and not a best-effort figure on a shared switch: at any hour the full rate is available to you. That is the main difference from cheaper 10 Gbps offers, where dozens of tenants share one uplink and evening throughput quietly drops to a fraction of the advertised number. Q: Which operating systems can I get? A: CloudHosting installs any current Linux distribution on a 10 Gbps server before handover: Ubuntu LTS, Debian, AlmaLinux, Rocky Linux and others on request. Windows Server is possible as well; the licence is not included in the server price, so you either buy it from us or use your own key, and licensing is arranged during the order: mention it in the order notes or to support. Because the machine is fully yours, you can also rebuild it later with your own image or a custom partition layout; our engineers will assist over a ticket whenever you need a reinstall. Q: What DDoS protection is included? A: Every CloudHosting 10 Gbps server sits behind always-on volumetric DDoS filtering sized for tens of gigabits, included in the monthly price. It absorbs the common flood attacks without any action on your side: filtering is automatic, so attack traffic is scrubbed while legitimate packets keep flowing. For projects that expect large or frequent targeted attacks, bigger mitigation profiles are available on request, and we will honestly tell you when your risk profile needs one before you commit to anything. Q: Can I get more IPv4 addresses? A: CloudHosting gives each 10 Gbps server one dedicated IPv4 address from its own range and assigns additional addresses on request with a short justification, as regional registry rules require for any provider. IPv6 is available as well. Because the addresses are ours rather than rented from a third party, reverse DNS and geolocation stay under our control, which matters for mail, streaming and anything reputation-sensitive. Tell us at order time how many addresses the project needs, and we will confirm what can be assigned before the server is handed over. Q: How much does a 10 Gbps unmetered server cost? A: CloudHosting 10 Gbps unmetered servers cost from 1615 EUR a month without VAT, or 1372.75 EUR a month on a 12-month term, for an Intel Xeon Gold 6526Y or AMD EPYC 9355P with 128 GB DDR5 and NVMe storage, and reach 2070 EUR for a 96-core EPYC 9655P. When you compare offers, check what the 10 Gbit/s figure covers: many cheaper ones share the uplink between customers, give full speed only in bursts or include a monthly traffic allowance with a price for every extra terabyte, so compare the full monthly bill at your real traffic. If the project moves up to 30 TB a month, a dedicated server with a 1 Gbit/s port costs from 130.05 EUR a month in Riga or 141.95 EUR in Amsterdam on a 12-month term. Q: Is there a setup fee or a long contract? A: CloudHosting charges no setup fee on 10 Gbps servers for any billing period, and the minimum term is one month. The listed monthly price is all you pay for the server, whether you order for one month or for a year. Longer terms simply cost less, with 5, 10 and 15 percent discounts on 3, 6 and 12 months. There is no forced long contract either: pick the term that matches your planning horizon, and renewals keep the same pricing logic as the original order. Invoices are issued in EUR in advance and nothing is charged automatically, so a service you stop paying for simply ends with its paid period. Q: What am I not allowed to run on it? A: CloudHosting enforces its acceptable use policy strictly on 10 Gbps servers: no spam, no scanning of foreign networks, no attacks, no cryptocurrency mining and no distribution of content you do not hold rights to. Media streaming is welcome when you hold the licenses for what you stream. If you are unsure whether your project fits, describe it to us before ordering; an honest no upfront is cheaper for everyone than a suspended server later. The same rules apply to all our services, but on a 10 Gbit/s port the damage from one violation is far larger. Q: Can I upgrade to a bigger configuration later? A: CloudHosting moves a 10 Gbps server to a bigger listed configuration by migration to another machine: we prepare the new server, you move the data over the private link or with our help, and the old one is released. Disk or RAM extensions inside the same chassis are possible on request when the platform has free slots. For planned growth it is often smarter to start one size up; write to us and we will calculate both paths against your roadmap. The term for the new server is chosen the same way as for the first one, from 1 to 12 months. Q: Do prices include VAT and how does billing work? A: CloudHosting lists 10 Gbps server prices without VAT and invoices them in EUR as a Latvian company. Latvian VAT of 21% applies to customers in Latvia and to EU customers without a valid VAT number; companies with a VIES-valid VAT number outside Latvia buy at 0% with reverse charge, and customers outside the EU pay without VAT. You order through the regular cart, pay by card or bank transfer, and the invoice arrives as a standard EU document with VAT on its own line. The server then appears in the client panel like any other service. ### Server colocation in Riga from 40 EUR | CloudHosting URL: https://www.cloudhosting.lv/server-colocation Server colocation in our own Riga data centre: free installation, 1 Gbit/s uplink, 30 TB traffic, public IPv4, metered power. From 40 EUR/mo. Key facts: - Provider: CloudHosting SIA, a Latvian IT infrastructure provider operating since 2016 - Location: Bērzaunes iela 1, Riga, Latvia (EU): a Tier 3+ data centre CloudHosting runs itself, not rented racks in another facility - Price: 40.00 EUR a month per 1U rack server or tower server, plus electricity by meter; each extra 1U 20.00 EUR - Included: Installation, one public IPv4, a 1 Gbit/s uplink and 30 TB of traffic a month - Minimum term: None, and no setup fee - Network: Carrier-neutral data centre with our own network AS58269: BGP session 50.00 EUR and PI prefix announcement 20.00 EUR a month, cross-connects on quote - Access: Clients do not enter the data hall: equipment is handed over at our office, and all work on it is done by our engineers on site (remote hands) - Support: Monitoring and incident response 24/7. Engineers answer on working days 9:00-17:00 Riga time, in English, Latvian and Russian. - Contract: With CloudHosting SIA under Latvian law, invoiced in EUR; nothing is charged automatically Q: How much does server colocation in Riga cost? A: Server colocation at CloudHosting in Riga costs 40.00 EUR a month excluding VAT for a 1U rack server or a tower server, plus electricity by meter. Installation, one public IPv4, the 1 Gbit/s uplink and 30 TB of monthly traffic are inside that price: no setup fee, no minimum term. Electricity is the only part that moves, metered per rack and invoiced separately, so the bill is one predictable line plus the kilowatt-hours your hardware actually draws. Several units or unusual hardware are quoted rather than priced from this page, because at that point a single figure for the whole footprint is usually cheaper than stacking unit fees. Q: How is electricity billed? A: CloudHosting gives every rack its own electricity meter, reads it once a month and invoices the consumption alongside the flat 40.00 EUR per unit, so nothing is bundled, averaged or estimated. Efficient hardware shows up directly on your invoice: a server that idles most of the day genuinely costs less to run than one at constant load. If you want the number before you ship the machine, a plug-in power meter or the PSU reading in its management interface, multiplied by the hours in a month, gets you close enough to budget with. If you are unsure about the estimate, support will help you work out a typical figure. Q: Who runs the data centre where my server will stand? A: CloudHosting SIA runs the data centre at Bērzaunes iela 1 in Riga itself: a Latvian IT infrastructure provider in business since 2016, not a reseller of racks in someone else's facility. The power, the cooling, the network under AS58269 and the engineers who rack your server are all ours, so there is no other operator to wait for when something needs doing. The site follows a Tier 3+ design, with a double-conversion UPS backed by a diesel generator. It is guarded and closed to visitors: you hand the server over at our office, and our engineers install it. Q: Can I ship my server to you instead of bringing it? A: CloudHosting accepts servers sent by courier to Bērzaunes iela 1, Riga, and racks each one the day it arrives, with power, uplink and your IPv4 connected. Put your company name on the package so the engineers can match it to your order. Two things make that day go smoothly: pack the machine for transport, ideally in the original box with the drives secured and the rails included, and send us the tracking number plus any remote management details in advance. Then we can confirm arrival and tell you the moment the server is online, rather than hunting for an unlabelled box. Q: How fast can my server go live? A: At CloudHosting a server that reaches Bērzaunes iela 1 in Riga during working hours is racked, powered, wired to the 1 Gbit/s uplink and given its IPv4 the same day in most cases. That works because we run the data centre ourselves and the engineers work a few metres from the rack, with no third party to schedule around. Order first so the unit and the address are reserved, and tell us roughly when the delivery is due. The real constraint is the courier: a package that turns up late in the evening gets racked the next morning. Q: Can I get access to my server after hours? A: CloudHosting does not admit visitors to its Riga data centre, clients included, during working hours or after them: only a limited number of our own specialists have access. Physical work on your server is done by our engineers as remote hands on working days from 9:00 to 17:00 Riga time. The facility is under monitoring and incident response 24/7, so an outage that affects your equipment is handled at any hour. For a reboot, a disk swap or recabling, write to support: the engineers who installed your server work a few metres from the rack. Equipment you want to add or take back is handed over at our office at the same address. Q: Do you support BGP and my own IP space? A: CloudHosting runs its own network under AS58269, so a BGP session for your equipment costs 50.00 EUR a month and announcing your PI prefix another 20.00 EUR, both listed as add-ons on this page. The facility is carrier-neutral, so bringing your own carrier or ordering a cross-connect instead of our transit is equally normal here. No address block of your own? Extra IPv4 addresses and /29 or /28 subnets are add-ons as well. Before configuring anything we need your AS number and the prefixes you intend to announce, so the paperwork can be checked and the session prepared on our side. Q: What if my server needs more than 1U? A: At CloudHosting each additional 1U costs 20.00 EUR a month on top of the 40.00 EUR base fee, so a 2U chassis bills as the base unit plus one extra. A tower that does not take rails gets its own shelf at 40.00 EUR a month. A switch or firewall standing next to the server is covered by the network equipment add-on, a separate 1U at 40.00 EUR a month. Once you are past a few servers, ask for a quote instead: a single price for the whole footprint almost always beats the sum of the parts. Q: What is the difference between colocation and renting a dedicated server? A: With CloudHosting colocation the server is yours and we host it for 40.00 EUR a month; with a dedicated server we own the hardware and rent it to you. Colocation buys rack space in Riga, a 1 Gbit/s uplink with 30 TB of monthly traffic and a public IPv4, while the configuration, the upgrades and the service life stay your decisions. Renting means no capital outlay, but you pay for the machine through the monthly fee for as long as you use it. With your own hardware you also supply the spare parts, though our engineers fit them as remote hands. If you already own a server with life left in it, colocation is normally cheaper over its remaining years; if not, our dedicated servers page lists configurations and monthly prices. Q: What languages does support speak? A: CloudHosting support answers in English, Latvian and Russian, by phone, by email and through tickets in the client area. The data centre and the network are under monitoring and incident response 24/7, and engineers answer requests on working days from 9:00 to 17:00 Riga time; the same people read the whole thread, whichever language you write in. For colocation that includes remote hands: reboots, disk swaps and recabling are requested through the same channels and done by the engineers who work next to the racks. Keep the contacts in your account up to date, so we can confirm who is asking before anyone touches your equipment. Q: Is there a minimum term, and how do we leave if we need to? A: CloudHosting colocation has no minimum term: each period is invoiced in EUR in advance, and nothing is charged automatically from a card or a bank account. To stop at the end of a paid period, simply do not pay the next invoice, or write to info@cloudhosting.lv and we stop issuing them; to end a service early, inside a period already paid for, the terms ask for 20 days' notice by email. The server is your property, so leaving means collecting it: agree a time with support and collect it at our office on a working day; our engineers take it out of the rack. Your data stays on your own disks, so there is nothing to export or hand back. ### Nextcloud Hosting: Managed EU from 21.25 EUR | CloudHosting URL: https://www.cloudhosting.lv/nextcloud-hosting Managed Nextcloud hosting in the EU: files, calendars, Office and Talk on our Riga infrastructure. Updates, backups and support included, from 21.25 EUR/mo. Q: What is Nextcloud? A: Nextcloud is an open source platform that covers the tools a team normally spreads across several services: file sync and sharing, calendars, contacts, Office documents and Talk video calls, all in one interface under your own domain. Because the code is open source, you are not tied to a single vendor's ecosystem. We run it for you as a managed service on our own infrastructure in Riga, so updates, backups and monitoring are handled by us rather than by your team. Desktop and mobile clients keep files in sync automatically. Pricing starts at 20 EUR a month, and if anything is unclear you can always write to support before ordering. Q: How much does managed Nextcloud hosting cost? A: Plans start at 25 EUR a month for 5 users, or 21.25 EUR a month on a 12-month term, and scale up to the Enterprise plan for 200 users at 1588 EUR. All prices are net, so VAT at 21% is added where applicable. Plans are sized by the number of users and the storage they need, and every plan already includes managed updates, backups and EU based support, so there is no separate administration fee on top. As your team grows you move to a larger plan without re-platforming or losing data. If you are unsure which size fits, write to support and we will help you estimate. Q: Can you migrate us from Google Drive or Dropbox? A: Yes, and migration is included free on every plan. We move your files from Google Drive, Dropbox, OneDrive or an existing Nextcloud with the folder structure intact, and we recreate sharing settings where possible. The honest caveat: sharing models differ between platforms, so some permissions may need to be reviewed by hand after the move rather than transferred one to one. We plan the migration with you so the team keeps working during the transfer, then help everyone install and sign in to the desktop and mobile clients. For larger archives it makes sense to write to support first, describe roughly how much data you have, and agree on a schedule that fits your workday. Q: Do you update Nextcloud and its apps? A: Yes, that is the core of the managed service. Nextcloud releases move quickly, and a major upgrade can break individual apps if it is applied blindly, so we test core and app updates before they reach your instance. A backup is taken before every upgrade, which gives us a clean way back if something behaves unexpectedly. Security patches are treated with priority and applied as part of the same process, and monitoring tells us quickly if an update caused a problem. You do not need to plan maintenance windows or read release notes yourself. If your team depends on a specific app, mention it to support and we will watch its compatibility with particular care. Q: Can we use our own domain and branding? A: Yes. Every plan runs under your own domain, so the team signs in at an address that belongs to your company, and the SSL certificate for it is set up by us during provisioning. Adding your logo to the interface is also available on every plan. Full custom branding, meaning the wider look of the interface styled to your company rather than just a logo, is part of the Professional plan. In practice you point the domain at us, we handle the technical setup, and the links your colleagues share carry your name instead of a provider's. If you are unsure whether the logo option or full branding fits your case, describe it to support and we will advise. Q: What about Office documents? A: Plans from Team upwards include an Office suite, either Collabora or OnlyOffice, so documents, spreadsheets and presentations open and are edited directly in the browser. Nobody has to install a separate office package to view or change a file, and colleagues can work on the same document through Nextcloud sharing instead of emailing copies around. Importantly, the files never leave the platform for editing: they stay on our EU infrastructure the whole time. On the Starter plan there is no built-in editor, so files are stored and synced but edited in whatever applications you already use locally. If you have a preference between Collabora and OnlyOffice, tell support and we will set up that one. Q: Where is our data stored? A: Your files live on infrastructure we run ourselves in Riga, Latvia, in our own Tier 3+ data center, connected through our own network, AS58269. Nothing is resold from a third party cloud, which means one company is responsible for the hardware, the network and the service you talk to. The data stays under EU jurisdiction, so questions about data protection are answered within European law rather than a foreign one. Daily backups are part of every plan, and the service is reachable under your own domain. We also operate a second region in Amsterdam in the Netherlands, and Dubai (DXB1) is possible on request, so ask support if location matters for your case. Q: Is there an SLA? A: Our stated availability target is 99.9% on every plan, and it covers the network, power and hardware your Nextcloud runs on. We publish it as a target we work to, not as a contractual penalty clause: if you need availability written into an agreement, ask us and we will put concrete terms in the offer. Monitoring is included on all plans, so incidents are usually noticed by us before customers report them. If your requirements are stricter still, the Enterprise plan can be deployed as an HA pair, which removes the single server as a point of failure. Describe your uptime needs to support and we will say honestly which plan level actually matches them. ### AI servers in Latvia: your own private LLM | CloudHosting URL: https://www.cloudhosting.lv/ai-servers Your own AI server in Latvia: a private LLM on NVIDIA GB10 with 128 GB unified memory, models up to Llama 3.3 70B (quantized). Deployed and managed in Riga. Key facts: - Provider: CloudHosting SIA, a Latvian IT infrastructure provider operating since 2016 - What you get: An AI server you own: NVIDIA GB10 Blackwell or ASUS Ascent GX10 with 128 GB of unified memory, set up as a private GPT with an OpenAI-compatible API and a chat UI - Models: Llama 3.3 70B quantized to FP8 or 4-bit, or smaller models such as Qwen and Mistral; refreshed quarterly under the managed plan - Where it runs: In your office on the LAN, or in the Tier 3+ data centre we run ourselves in Riga, with VPN access for your team - Price: Hardware as a one-time purchase at the price shown on this page; setup from 5000 EUR one-time; managed plan from 500 EUR a month; prices without VAT, no per-token fees - Delivery: Included within Riga, elsewhere by arrangement - Support: Engineers answer on working days 9:00-17:00 Riga time, in English, Latvian and Russian; the managed plan adds 24/7 monitoring and 4 engineer hours a month - Contract: With CloudHosting SIA, an EU company registered in Latvia, invoiced in EUR; a data processing agreement when the unit is hosted in our data centre Q: Can we use a private GPT with documents that contain personal data? A: CloudHosting's private GPT processes invoices, contracts, HR files and medical records on hardware you own, in your office or in its Riga data centre, so no personal data goes to a third-party AI provider. If the unit stands in your office, no processing agreement is needed for the model itself; if it is colocated in our Riga data centre, we act as your processor for hosting it and sign a data processing agreement with you. Either way the processing stays inside the EU and your NIS2 supplier list stays short. You are still the data controller, so internal access rules still matter: the setup includes API keys, an audit log and rate limits, so you can control and document who used the model and when. Q: Which AI models can the server run? A: A CloudHosting AI server with 128 GB of unified memory runs Llama 3.3 70B quantized to FP8, which keeps answers close to the original model, or to 4-bit for faster answers and more room for long documents. The full-precision weights of a 70B model take about 141 GB and do not fit on one unit. Smaller local models such as Qwen or Mistral fit with plenty of room and answer noticeably faster, so they are the usual choice when many people use the box at once. Models run on vLLM or llama.cpp, so swapping one for another is routine, and under the managed plan we refresh them quarterly as releases like Llama 4 or Qwen 3 ship. If you are unsure which model fits, we will size it with you. Q: Is the API really OpenAI-compatible? A: The CloudHosting private GPT exposes the standard OpenAI chat-completions API on your LAN or VPN, so libraries, SDKs and plugins built for OpenAI endpoints work after you change only the base URL and the API key. Existing integrations keep running without code changes, which is the point of standardising on this interface. The endpoint is reachable only inside your network, not from the public internet, and each application can get its own key. Alongside the API you get a chat UI for staff who simply want to ask questions in the browser. If a specific tool in your stack is critical, name it to support and we will verify it before deployment. Q: Can it answer from our internal documents? A: CloudHosting's optional RAG setup lets the private model answer from your internal documents: sources such as SharePoint are indexed in Qdrant or pgvector on the same machine, so the index never leaves your network either. When someone asks a question, the relevant passages are retrieved and the model answers from them instead of guessing. Under the managed plan the index is rebuilt every night, so yesterday's edits show up in answers, and we tune retrieval as your content grows. Answer quality depends on how clean the source documents are, which is honest to say upfront. List your sources when you request a quote and we will confirm what can be connected. Q: Where does the hardware live? A: A CloudHosting AI server lives either on your premises, reached over the LAN, or in the Tier 3+ data centre CloudHosting runs itself in Riga, where your team connects over VPN. On your premises, inference does not depend on an internet connection. In both cases the hardware is your property, and every byte on it, models, indexes and logs included, belongs to you. Because you own the box, you can start in the office and move it to the data centre later, or the other way around. Delivery within Riga is included with the purchase; delivery elsewhere is arranged individually, so mention your location when asking for a quote. Q: Do we have to take the managed plan? A: CloudHosting's managed plan for AI servers is optional and starts at 500 EUR a month; setup alone already hands you a complete, hardened service with a backup and disaster-recovery plan that you can run yourself from day one. Be honest about what that means: someone on your side then watches GPU load and latency, applies OS and CUDA patches, and swaps in new model releases. The managed plan takes exactly that off your plate and adds 4 hours of engineer time every month for changes and requests. You can also start on your own and add the plan later if maintenance turns out to be a burden; write to support and it is switched on. Q: How much does a private GPT server cost? A: A private GPT server from CloudHosting costs three parts: the hardware as a one-time purchase at the price shown on this page, setup from 5000 EUR one-time, and an optional managed plan from 500 EUR a month, all without VAT. Setup covers deployment, hardening and the API and chat UI going live. There are no per-token fees, so the monthly cost does not grow when you onboard more users or your team starts using it heavily. If you already own a suitable server, an accelerator card alone can be the cheaper route. For an exact figure for your case, request a quote and we will itemise it. Q: How many people can use it at the same time? A: One CloudHosting AI server on the NVIDIA GB10 chip with 128 GB of memory serves a small group on a 70B model, or more people at once on a mid-size model, and the NVIDIA GB10 unit can be linked with a second one when the team outgrows it. There is no single fixed number, because it depends on the model, the context length and how your team works. Concurrent means people sending requests at the same moment, and in a typical office only a fraction of staff is chatting at once, so the total number of accounts can be much larger. A 70B model suits a group that values answer depth over speed, while a mid-size model answers faster. Tell us your headcount and expected usage during the sizing call and we will recommend a model and configuration. Q: What is the difference between the NVIDIA GB10 and the ASUS GX10? A: The two AI servers CloudHosting sells, NVIDIA GB10 and ASUS Ascent GX10, run models identically on the same GB10 Blackwell chip with 128 GB of unified memory, and differ in storage, 4 TB against 1 TB of NVMe, and in cluster support. Inference speed and the models they fit are the same. The NVIDIA unit supports clustering; the ASUS unit runs single-node only. In practice storage matters once you keep several models and a growing RAG index on the box, and cluster support matters only if you expect to add nodes later. A stable small team is well served by the ASUS unit. Setup and the managed plan are the same for both, and delivery within Riga is included either way. Q: Who is behind the service, and who is our contract with? A: Your contract for an AI server is with CloudHosting SIA, a Latvian IT infrastructure provider operating since 2016, which runs its Tier 3+ data centre in Riga itself. The hardware you buy becomes your property, and setup and the managed plan are invoiced by the same company. Invoices are issued and paid in EUR: companies in Latvia pay 21% VAT, EU companies with a valid VAT number are invoiced under reverse charge, and companies outside the EU are invoiced without VAT. If the unit is hosted in our data centre, we sign a data processing agreement with you as your processor. Latvian law applies. Q: What languages does support speak? A: CloudHosting engineers answer in English, Latvian and Russian on working days from 9:00 to 17:00 Riga time, and the managed plan adds 24/7 monitoring of GPU load, VRAM, queue and latency. Setup, the sizing call and questions after go-live are handled by the same team, by ticket, email or phone. Without the managed plan the unit is yours to run: we answer questions in working hours, and your side watches the box. With the managed plan we also patch the OS and CUDA in a monthly window, refresh models quarterly, re-index RAG every night and give you 4 hours of engineer time every month. Q: How do we leave if we need to? A: With a CloudHosting AI server you own the hardware outright, so leaving means taking the unit with you: the models, indexes, logs and documents on it stay yours. There are no per-token fees and no subscription for the box itself. The managed plan ends when you stop paying its next invoice; to end it early, inside a period you have already paid for, write to info@cloudhosting.lv 20 days in advance. If the unit is colocated in our Riga data centre, we hand it back to you by arrangement. Because the service runs on open tools, vLLM or llama.cpp, Qdrant or pgvector and an OpenAI-compatible API, anyone you choose can take over running it. ### Bare metal GPU servers: B300, B200, H200 | CloudHosting URL: https://www.cloudhosting.lv/bare-metal-gpu-servers Bare metal NVIDIA B300, B200, H200 and GB300 NVL72 servers on request. Location, delivery, term and price per GPU-hour agreed per project. Ask for a quote. Key facts: - Provider: CloudHosting SIA, a Latvian hosting company operating since 2016, with its own Tier 3+ data centre in Riga - GPUs: NVIDIA HGX B300, HGX B200, GB300 NVL72, HGX H200, H100 SXM and NVL, RTX PRO 6000 Blackwell Server Edition, L40S - Availability: On request, not in stock. We source the hardware for your project, and you get a written delivery date before you sign. - Minimum order: One card for PCIe GPUs, one 8-GPU node for SXM platforms, one rack for GB300 NVL72 - Term: From 12 months; longer and multi-year terms agreed per project - Billing: Per GPU-hour or per node per month, in EUR, on a schedule agreed per project - Location: Europe. The data centre is chosen for each project by its power and cooling needs, and the country and the facility are written into the contract before signing. - Support: Monitoring and incident response 24/7. Engineers answer on working days 9:00-17:00 Riga time, in English, Latvian and Russian. - Contract: With CloudHosting SIA under EU law, invoiced in EUR, with a data processing agreement on request Q: Where can I rent NVIDIA B300 bare metal servers in Europe? A: CloudHosting SIA, a Latvian hosting company, provides bare metal NVIDIA HGX B300 servers and other dedicated GPU servers on request for clients in Europe and worldwide. We do not keep B300 capacity in stock: we source it for your project and agree the location, delivery date, contract term and price per GPU-hour before you sign. The servers run in a data centre in Europe chosen for the power and cooling your project needs, from a single 8-GPU node to large clusters and liquid-cooled rack-scale systems. The country and the facility are written into the contract before signing, and you get root access to the whole physical server, with no virtualisation layer and no other client on the hardware. Q: How much does it cost to rent an NVIDIA B300 per GPU-hour? A: CloudHosting quotes B300 rental per project, per GPU-hour or per node per month, in EUR, and does not publish a price list; B200 rental, H200 rental, H100 rental and multi-node GPU cluster rental are quoted the same way. The price depends on the contract term, the number of nodes, the delivery date you need, the location and its power costs, the network fabric between nodes, the storage, the payment schedule and how much of the operation we manage. Longer terms and larger volumes usually lower the rate per GPU-hour. For a written quote, send the GPU model and count, the term, your preferred location and start date, the network and storage you need, and whether you want the servers managed or unmanaged. We reply with options, each with a location, a delivery date and a price. Q: What is the difference between NVIDIA B300 and B200? A: In the bare metal servers CloudHosting supplies on request, NVIDIA B300 (Blackwell Ultra) has more memory and a faster network than B200, while both use the same NVLink generation. Each B300 GPU carries up to 288 GB of HBM3e against 180 GB on B200, and in NVIDIA's DGX systems every B300 GPU gets an 800 Gb/s ConnectX-8 NIC against 400 Gb/s ConnectX-7 on B200. Both give each GPU 1.8 TB/s of fifth-generation NVLink. Per 8-GPU system, NVIDIA lists 108 PFLOPS of dense FP4 for HGX B300 and 72 PFLOPS for HGX B200, while the sparse FP4 peak is 144 PFLOPS on both. B300 cuts FP64 sharply, so B200 is the better fit for double-precision HPC. A DGX B300 draws about 14 kW, a DGX B200 about 14.3 kW. Q: Is NVIDIA B300 better than H200? A: For large models NVIDIA B300 is the stronger choice, with about twice the memory per GPU of H200 and a newer architecture, but H200 still fits many workloads well, and CloudHosting quotes both as bare metal servers. A B300 GPU carries up to 288 GB of HBM3e with up to 8 TB/s of bandwidth, against 141 GB at 4.8 TB/s on H200. B300 also has fifth-generation NVLink at 1.8 TB/s per GPU, twice the 900 GB/s of H200. H200 draws up to 700 W per GPU and a DGX H200 system 10.2 kW at most, so it needs less power and cooling per node. If your model and batch fit in 141 GB per GPU, H200 on the proven Hopper software stack can be the more practical choice. Q: What is the difference between HGX B300 and DGX B300? A: HGX B300 is the NVIDIA platform with eight Blackwell Ultra SXM GPUs on one baseboard that server vendors build their own servers around, while DGX B300 is NVIDIA's own complete 10U system built on the same eight GPUs, and CloudHosting names the exact vendor and model in its offer before you sign. Both give each GPU up to 288 GB of HBM3e and 1.8 TB/s of fifth-generation NVLink, so one 8-GPU node has about 2.1 TB of GPU memory according to NVIDIA. The difference is the rest of the server: in HGX B300 servers the vendor chooses the chassis, CPUs, memory, storage and cooling, with air-cooled and liquid-cooled versions, while DGX B300 is air-cooled, uses two Intel Xeon 6776P CPUs and draws about 14 kW according to NVIDIA. Q: What is the difference between HGX B300 and GB300 NVL72? A: HGX B300 is an 8-GPU server node, while GB300 NVL72 is a complete liquid-cooled rack that joins 72 Blackwell Ultra GPUs and 36 NVIDIA Grace CPUs in one NVLink domain, and CloudHosting supplies both on request. Both use the same Blackwell Ultra GPU with up to 288 GB of HBM3e and 1.8 TB/s of NVLink per GPU. In an HGX B300 node, NVLink connects 8 GPUs and larger jobs cross the network; in a GB300 NVL72 rack, all 72 GPUs share one 130 TB/s NVLink domain with 20 TB of GPU memory, according to NVIDIA. The trade-off is power and cooling: a DGX B300 node draws about 14 kW, while a GB300 NVL72 rack draws about 120 kW and needs liquid cooling. The minimum order is one 8-GPU node for HGX B300 and one full rack for GB300 NVL72. Q: How much memory does the NVIDIA B300 have? A: Each NVIDIA B300 (Blackwell Ultra) GPU in the bare metal servers CloudHosting supplies carries up to 288 GB of HBM3e memory, with up to 8 TB/s of memory bandwidth per GPU. An 8-GPU HGX B300 or DGX B300 system therefore has more than 2 TB of GPU memory; NVIDIA's HGX and DGX B300 pages give the total as about 2.1 TB. For comparison, B200 has 180 GB per GPU and 1440 GB per 8-GPU system, and H200 has 141 GB per GPU and 1128 GB per system. In a GB300 NVL72 rack, NVIDIA lists 20 TB of GPU memory across 72 GPUs, all in one NVLink domain. The memory per GPU is what decides how large a model, and how long a context, fits on one node. Q: How much power does a B300 server need? A: An 8-GPU NVIDIA DGX B300 system draws about 14 kW according to NVIDIA, so CloudHosting confirms a facility with that power and cooling in writing before you sign. It is air-cooled in a 10U chassis. Servers from other vendors built on the HGX B300 board vary by model: NVIDIA gives up to 1400 W per Blackwell Ultra chip, and vendor HGX B300 systems run each GPU at up to 1100 W, in air-cooled or liquid-cooled versions. A rack-scale GB300 NVL72 needs about 120 kW per rack and liquid cooling. That is far above what an ordinary server rack is built for, so power and cooling decide where a B300 deployment can run. The same written check applies before we place GPU servers you already own through server colocation. Q: What is the minimum order and contract term for GPU servers? A: At CloudHosting, the minimum order is one card for PCIe GPUs such as L40S, RTX PRO 6000 Blackwell Server Edition or H100 NVL, one 8-GPU node for SXM platforms such as HGX B300, HGX B200, HGX H200 or H100 SXM, and one full rack for GB300 NVL72. The minimum contract term, in effect the minimum GPU lease, is 12 months; longer and multi-year terms are agreed per project and written into the contract together with the billing unit and the payment schedule. We bill per GPU-hour or per node per month, in EUR. The term affects both the price and the delivery options, so tell us early how long you need the capacity. Because the capacity is fixed for the whole term, bare metal suits sustained training and inference rather than short experiments with bursty load. Q: How long does delivery of GPU servers take? A: Delivery of GPU servers from CloudHosting takes weeks to months, and you get a written delivery date before you sign. Nothing is kept in stock, so the date depends on the platform, on NVIDIA and server vendor supply at the time of your request, on the number of nodes, and on whether the chosen facility already has the power and cooling in place. Platforms in high demand, such as new HGX B300 clusters or GB300 NVL72 racks, usually take longer than PCIe configurations. We also take requests for NVIDIA Vera Rubin systems, the successor to Blackwell Ultra, and give a date for them only once NVIDIA allocation lets us confirm it. We do not promise capacity we cannot date: the delivery date in your offer is one we can back with confirmed supply and a confirmed facility, and it is written into the contract. Q: Do I need InfiniBand, or is Ethernet enough for a GPU cluster? A: Inside one 8-GPU node a GPU cluster needs neither InfiniBand nor Ethernet, because the GPUs talk over NVLink, and CloudHosting designs the fabric between nodes per project once a job spans several nodes. For multi-node training, the fabric between nodes carries the collective traffic, such as NCCL all-reduce, so it has to be fast and non-blocking. NVIDIA supports both InfiniBand and Ethernet with RoCE on these platforms, and its B300 reference systems give each GPU a ConnectX-8 NIC of up to 800 Gb/s that runs either. InfiniBand is the established choice for large training clusters; Ethernet fits well where it matches your existing network and tools. The fabric is sized for your node count, topology and storage traffic and put into the offer. Q: Where is my data, who is my contract with, and what support do I get? A: Your contract is with CloudHosting SIA, a Latvian company operating since 2016, under EU law, with invoices in EUR. The country and the facility where your servers run are written into the contract before you sign, so you know exactly where your data is. Your servers run in a data centre in Europe chosen for the power and cooling your GPUs need, and we take your preferences on the country into account. For GDPR, we sign a data processing agreement on request. On bare metal you hold root access and control what runs on the servers and where the data goes. Monitoring and incident response run 24/7, engineers answer on working days 9:00-17:00 Riga time in English, Latvian and Russian, and the managed scope and the hardware replacement terms are set out in the offer. ### S3 Object Storage in Europe from 186.15 EUR | CloudHosting URL: https://www.cloudhosting.lv/object-storage S3-compatible object storage in the EU with a fixed quota, no egress fees and Object Lock. Works with Veeam, rclone and any S3 tool. From 186.15 EUR a month. Key facts: - Provider: CloudHosting SIA, a Latvian IT infrastructure provider operating since 2016 - What you get: An isolated S3-compatible storage project with its own endpoint, access keys and reserved quota, as many buckets as you need inside it, set up by hand within one business day - Location: European Union: data is replicated across several independent data centres; this is a managed service, separate from our Riga data centre - Price: 10 TB 219.00 EUR, 20 TB 399.00 EUR, 50 TB 899.00 EUR a month; from 186.15 EUR a month for 10 TB on a 12 month term; more than 50 TB on request. Orders are placed by writing to us, not through the cart - Minimum term: None: pay for 1, 3, 6 or 12 months, with 5, 10 or 15% off the longer periods; no quotas below 10 TB - Quota and traffic: The quota is a hard limit: writes stop when it is full, with no overage billing; downloads and API requests are not charged - S3 compatibility: Buckets, multipart upload, versioning, Object Lock, object access control and tagging; bucket policies, CORS configuration and full lifecycle rules are not supported. Tested with the AWS CLI, rclone, Cyberduck and Veeam - Support: Monitoring and incident response 24/7. Engineers answer on working days 9:00-17:00 Riga time, in English, Latvian and Russian. - Contract: With CloudHosting SIA, an EU company registered in Latvia; invoices in EUR, nothing is charged automatically; a data processing agreement (GDPR Article 28) is signed on request Q: What is S3-compatible storage, in plain terms? A: CloudHosting object storage speaks S3, the interface Amazon introduced for storing files over HTTP that the whole industry now uses as its standard. Compatible means your tools do not care who runs the storage: you enter an endpoint address, an access key and a secret, and Veeam, rclone, Cyberduck, a Synology NAS or your own application code work exactly as they would with Amazon. Files are stored as objects inside buckets rather than in folders on a mounted disk, which is what lets the storage scale independently of any server and stay available when that server is not. If you need a mounted disk instead, a VPS or a dedicated server with NVMe is the better fit. Q: How is a fixed quota different from pay-per-use? A: CloudHosting sells object storage as a reserved quota of 10, 20 or 50 TB at a fixed monthly price, while most storage clouds meter what you consume and bill it afterwards. With metering the invoice is only known at the end of the month, and a mistake in a backup script becomes a financial event. Here you pick the size, that capacity is held for you, and the price never moves. When the quota is full, further writes are refused until you delete something or move to a larger plan. It is a deliberate trade: you give up elastic growth and gain a bill you can predict. Q: Do you charge for downloading data? A: No: CloudHosting includes downloads and API requests in the monthly price of every storage plan, so the invoice has no egress line and no per-request charge. That matters most in the situation storage exists for: restoring a large backup. With providers that bill egress, a full restore can cost more than months of storage, which quietly discourages testing whether backups actually work. Here a restore is just a restore. We do ask for common sense rather than using the storage as a public content delivery network. Q: Where is the data stored? A: CloudHosting stores object storage data inside the European Union, replicated across several independent data centres, so the loss of one site does not take your data with it. We provide it as a managed service, separate from our own data centre in Riga. Everything stays under EU jurisdiction, which keeps GDPR questions short: your files are processed inside the European Union under a contract with an EU company, and a data processing agreement under GDPR Article 28 is signed on request. If you also need a copy in Latvia, our Riga data centre can host the servers that write to this storage. Q: Does it work with Veeam? A: Yes: Veeam is the tool CloudHosting object storage is most often used with, and we have tested it together with the AWS CLI, rclone and Cyberduck. You add the storage as an S3-compatible object storage repository, paste the endpoint and keys, and back up directly to it. Object Lock is supported, so you can make backups immutable for a chosen retention period and meet the requirement that ransomware must not be able to destroy your copies. Proxmox Backup Server, Bacula, Restic, Duplicati, MSP360 and Synology Hyper Backup connect the same way. Q: What is Object Lock and why does it matter? A: Object Lock, supported on every CloudHosting storage plan, marks an object as unchangeable until a date you set. Until then nobody can overwrite or delete it: not an administrator, not a stolen access key, not the ransomware that reached your backup server. It is the single most important feature in modern backup design, because attackers now go after backups first, and normal backups can be deleted by anyone holding valid credentials. Turn it on when you create a backup bucket and set a retention that matches how far back you would ever restore. Q: Which S3 features are supported? A: CloudHosting object storage supports the everyday S3 surface: buckets, multipart upload for large files, versioning, Object Lock, access control on objects and object tagging. Some newer or more exotic parts of the S3 API are not implemented, for example bucket policies, CORS configuration and full lifecycle rule sets, so if your application depends on one of those, ask us before ordering and we will check it against the platform rather than guess. The tools we have verified are the AWS CLI, rclone, Cyberduck and Veeam, and application code can use any S3 SDK, such as boto3 or the AWS SDKs. Q: How fast do I get access after ordering? A: CloudHosting sets up each storage project by hand within one business day, so every order is reviewed, which is also how we keep the platform clean of abuse. You receive an email when the service is active, and the endpoint, access key and secret appear in your client area together with copy-paste configuration for Veeam, rclone and Cyberduck. Because plans are ordered by writing to us, the retention you need and the delivery date are agreed before you pay. If you need it faster, say so in your first message and we will tell you honestly when we can have it ready. Q: Can I have several isolated storages? A: Yes: each CloudHosting storage order creates its own project with its own endpoint and keys, so ordering twice gives you two fully separate storages, for example one for production backups and one for a client or a test environment. Inside a single project you can create as many buckets as you like, and they share that project's quota. If different teams need separate quotas or separate credentials, order separate services; each one keeps its own quota and its own keys. Q: What happens if I stop paying? A: CloudHosting suspends access to a storage project 7 days after the invoice due date: the keys stop working, but your data is untouched, and everything resumes as soon as the invoice is paid. If the service is still unpaid 30 days after expiry, the project and its contents are deleted permanently, and we send warnings before that point. Nothing is charged automatically, so continuing simply means paying the next invoice. This is the same logic as any other service with capacity reserved for you, and it is why the dates are stated here rather than buried in the terms. Q: Can I get more than 50 TB? A: Yes: CloudHosting quotes capacity above 50 TB individually, because at that size the price depends on the commitment and on how the data will be used. Write to us with your target size, how much of it you expect to write and read each month, and whether you need immutability with Object Lock, and you will get a straight answer, including whether we are actually the right supplier for that workload. Several isolated environments can be combined in one quote, each with its own endpoint and keys. Q: Can I try it before committing? A: CloudHosting has no free trial: the smallest plan is 10 TB, and it can be taken for a single month at 219.00 EUR, which is the honest way to try. Order it, run a real backup and a real restore, and see how it behaves with your tools; if it does not suit you, do not renew it for the next month. We would rather you test with a real workload than promise a free trial that proves nothing about how your own data behaves. We do not sell quotas below 10 TB, because this is built for business backup rather than a single laptop. ### MikroTik CHR cloud router from 17 EUR | CloudHosting URL: https://www.cloudhosting.lv/mikrotik-chr MikroTik CHR in the cloud: 1 Gbps port, 3 TB traffic, Riga or Amsterdam, online in 5 minutes. Full RouterOS with WinBox and BGP. Order from 17 EUR/mo. Key facts: - Provider: CloudHosting SIA, a Latvian IT infrastructure provider operating since 2016 - What you get: A MikroTik Cloud Hosted Router: RouterOS 7 on a virtual machine with dedicated resources and a public IPv4 address, managed over WinBox, WebFig, SSH or the API - Price: 20.00 EUR a month, or 17.00 EUR a month on a 12 month term; 3 and 6 month terms save 5 and 10%; the same in Riga and Amsterdam - Port and traffic: A 1 Gbps port and 3 TB of traffic a month; going over never switches the router off, we offer a larger bundle instead - RouterOS licence: Free licence included, limited to 1 Mbit/s; paid P1, P10 or P-Unlimited licences are bought once from MikroTik for USD 45, 95 or 250 - Location: Riga, Latvia (RIX1), in a Tier 3+ data centre we run ourselves, or Amsterdam, Netherlands (NL1); Dubai (DXB1) on request - Delivery: Online in about 5 minutes; login details arrive by email - Support: Monitoring and incident response 24/7. Engineers answer on working days 9:00-17:00 Riga time, in English, Latvian and Russian. - Contract: With CloudHosting SIA, invoiced in EUR; pay for 1, 3, 6 or 12 months, nothing is charged automatically Q: How much does a MikroTik CHR cloud router cost? A: CloudHosting sells MikroTik CHR as one flat plan at 20.00 EUR a month without VAT, which drops to 17.00 EUR a month on a 12-month term; 3 and 6 months save 5 and 10%. The price includes the instance with dedicated resources, a 1 Gbps port, 3 TB of traffic a month, a public IPv4 address, snapshots and monitoring, and it is the same in Riga and Amsterdam. The only extra cost to plan for is a paid RouterOS licence from MikroTik if you need production throughput, since the included free licence is limited to 1 Mbit/s. Latvian VAT of 21% is added where it applies. Q: What is MikroTik CHR and why run it in the cloud? A: CloudHosting runs MikroTik CHR, the Cloud Hosted Router: the full RouterOS 7 operating system packaged as a virtual machine instead of MikroTik hardware. Nothing is stripped out, so BGP, OSPF, IPsec, WireGuard and the rest of RouterOS behave exactly as on a physical device. Running it in our data centre means you skip buying, racking and powering a box: the router lives in a professional environment and is online about 5 minutes after ordering. A typical use is a central VPN hub or routing point that your offices, branches, remote staff and servers connect to, with a public IPv4 address that does not depend on any office line. Q: Is a MikroTik CHR the same as a VPS? A: Technically a CloudHosting CHR is a private virtual server with dedicated resources that we never oversell, booting RouterOS instead of a general-purpose Linux, with its own public IPv4 address. It behaves like a real standalone router on the internet rather than a shared appliance. The difference is in how you work with it: instead of a shell and packages you manage the whole system through WinBox, WebFig, SSH or the API, like any other MikroTik. If you already run RouterOS hardware, nothing about daily administration will feel new. If you also need Linux services, order a VPS alongside the router and connect the two through a tunnel. Q: Which RouterOS licence is included? A: Every CloudHosting CHR comes with the free RouterOS licence already active, so you can log in and start configuring at once. The free level caps each interface at 1 Mbit/s: enough to build and test a configuration, check firewall rules or stage a setup before go-live, but not for real traffic. For production the usual choice is a P1 licence from MikroTik, 45 USD once, which allows up to 1 Gbit/s. Applying it does not require redeploying the router: the licence unlocks throughput on the same instance, and the plan's 1 Gbps port stays the same throughout. Q: Can I buy or bring my own RouterOS licence? A: CloudHosting expects you to use your own licence: CHR licences are bought from MikroTik or an authorised MikroTik reseller and paid to them, not to us. There are three paid levels: P1 at 45 USD for up to 1 Gbit/s, P10 at 95 USD for up to 10 Gbit/s, and P-Unlimited at 250 USD with no speed cap. Each is a one-time purchase bound to the system ID of your CHR, so it survives reboots and RouterOS upgrades without renewal. On a 1 Gbps port P1 covers most cases, because a higher level cannot push traffic past the port; write to support if you are unsure. Q: Do you support BGP on CHR? A: CloudHosting places no restrictions on BGP inside RouterOS, so you can build sessions to your own routers over tunnels or run a routing lab straight away. In Riga we can also bring you in as a real peer on our own network, AS58269: if you hold your own PI address space or an AS number and want to announce it to the internet through us, write to support and we will set up the session and agree the technical details. That turns a CHR from a VPN hub into a proper edge router for your own address space. If you have no AS or addresses of your own yet, we can help you register them. Q: Can I upload my existing MikroTik configuration? A: CloudHosting CHR accepts a configuration exported from any RouterOS device, hardware or virtual, imported over WinBox, SSH or the API as you normally work. Check interface names and addresses first: a config written for a hardware router with many physical ports refers to interfaces your cloud instance does not have, so adjust those lines before applying. Snapshots are part of the plan, so if a new config locks you out or breaks routing, the instance can go back to its previous working state instead of being rebuilt. Use RouterOS Safe Mode while you apply changes: if your session drops, the router undoes them by itself. Q: What happens if I use more than 3 TB of traffic? A: CloudHosting never switches a CHR off or throttles its port for passing the 3 TB monthly allowance: the router keeps running at full speed. When usage goes past 3 TB, we get in touch and discuss a larger traffic bundle, so the outcome is a conversation, not an automatic penalty. In practice most CHR workloads, VPN concentrators and site-to-site routing among them, stay well below 3 TB a month. If you expect sustained heavy transfer, tell support in advance and we will suggest a suitable bundle. You can watch your own usage at any time in the RouterOS interface statistics. Q: Should I choose Riga or Amsterdam for my CHR? A: CloudHosting offers CHR in two locations at the same price, from 17 EUR a month, so decide by where the people and systems that use the router sit. Riga (RIX1) is the Tier 3+ data centre we run ourselves on our own network, AS58269, with the lowest latency to Latvia and the Baltics, and it is where we can peer with you over BGP. Amsterdam (NL1) is closer to Western European traffic and suits offices and users there. Both locations are under EU jurisdiction. If you need a presence in the Middle East, Dubai (DXB1) is available on request: ask support about timing. Q: What support is included, and can you configure the router for me? A: CloudHosting provides monitoring and incident response 24/7 for the CHR platform, and engineers answer on working days from 9:00 to 17:00 Riga time, in English, Latvian and Russian. The router itself is self-managed: you hold the admin account and decide the configuration. If you would rather have tunnels and routing designed and run for you, our managed site-to-site VPN service connects offices, branches and cloud servers over MikroTik, Fortinet or other equipment, priced on quote. For quick questions about CHR licences, the first login or snapshots, simply write to support. ### Web hosting in Latvia from 3.20 EUR: cPanel | CloudHosting URL: https://www.cloudhosting.lv/web-hosting Web hosting in Riga, Latvia, from 4.00 EUR a month or 3.20 EUR a month on a 24-month term, before VAT: cPanel, NVMe, free SSL, daily backups, free migration. Key facts: - Provider: CloudHosting SIA, a Latvian IT infrastructure provider operating since 2016 - What you get: cPanel web hosting on NVMe storage with the LiteSpeed web server, email on your own domain and 1 to 10 sites per plan; we run, patch and secure the server - Location: Riga, Latvia, in a Tier 3+ data centre we run ourselves; sites and backups stay in the EU - Price: From 4.00 EUR a month, or 3.20 EUR a month on a 24 month term, for Starter with 1 site, 5 GB NVMe and 5 mailboxes; Beginner 9.00 EUR, Fullhouse 17.00 EUR, Complete 25.00 EUR - Minimum term: None: pay for 1, 3, 6, 12 or 24 months, with 5, 10, 15 or 20% off the longer periods - Included: Free SSL on every site, daily off-site backups kept for 14 days, free migration from your current host within 24 hours, WAF traffic filtering - Support: Monitoring and incident response 24/7. Engineers answer on working days 9:00-17:00 Riga time, in English, Latvian and Russian. - Contract: With CloudHosting SIA, an EU company registered in Latvia; invoices in EUR, nothing is charged automatically; refund within 14 days of paying the invoice Q: How much does it cost to run a small website for a year? A: At CloudHosting, a small website costs 52.80 EUR for the first year before VAT: Starter hosting paid for 12 months is 40.80 EUR (3.40 EUR a month), and a .lv, .com or .eu domain is 12.00 EUR a year. SSL, daily backups kept for 14 days and migration from your current host cost nothing extra. Paying month by month, hosting costs 4.00 EUR a month, or 48.00 EUR a year, and a 24-month term brings it down to 76.80 EUR for two years. Beginner, at 9.00 EUR a month, fits up to 3 sites or a small store. Latvian VAT of 21% is added where it applies, and nothing is charged automatically: you pay each invoice yourself. Add the domain and the hosting to the same cart. Q: How much does web hosting cost in Latvia? A: CloudHosting web hosting starts at 4.00 EUR a month without VAT for Starter, with 1 site, 5 GB NVMe, 5 mailboxes and 1 database, or 3.20 EUR a month on a 24-month term. Beginner costs 9.00 EUR for 3 sites and 20 GB, Fullhouse 17.00 EUR for 5 sites and 50 GB, and Complete 25.00 EUR for 10 sites and 200 GB NVMe. Paying for 3, 6, 12 or 24 months saves 5, 10, 15 or 20%. Every plan includes free SSL, daily backups and free migration, so the listed price is the whole price; VAT of 21% is added at checkout where it applies. When comparing offers, check what others charge extra for: SSL, backups and migration usually turn a cheap headline price into an expensive year. Q: How fast is my hosting activated? A: A CloudHosting hosting account is created automatically right after payment, and the cPanel login details arrive by email within minutes, at night or at the weekend alike. A fresh account can carry a site immediately: install WordPress from cPanel in about a minute, upload files over FTP or with the File Manager, and point your domain at us whenever you are ready. If you ordered a migration, send us the access details of your old host and the moved site typically goes live within 24 hours. If the email does not arrive within a few minutes, check the spam folder or write to support and we will resend it. Q: Can you move my site from another host? A: CloudHosting moves your site from another host free of charge, usually within 24 hours and with zero downtime. Send us access to your current host and our engineers move files, databases, mailboxes and DNS records. Migrations from cPanel, Plesk and DirectAdmin are routine; from custom panels we move the data manually, which can take a little longer. We schedule the DNS switch so visitors keep seeing the old site until the new one is verified, and we check the moved site together with you before anything is switched off. If the logins for the old host are gone, we can start from a file archive and a database dump. Q: Is SSL really free on every plan? A: Every CloudHosting hosting plan includes free Let's Encrypt SSL certificates, issued and renewed automatically for every domain and subdomain on the account. You do not pay for them, click anything or remember renewal dates; browsers show the padlock, search engines get the HTTPS signal they expect, and domains you add later are covered by the same mechanism. If your project needs a paid certificate for the warranty or for company validation, such as OV or EV from Sectigo or DigiCert, it installs on hosting just as well, and we sell those on the SSL pages of this site. You can see the status of every certificate in the SSL section of cPanel. Q: Is the hosting good for WordPress and online stores? A: CloudHosting web hosting runs WordPress, WooCommerce and PrestaShop on NVMe storage behind the LiteSpeed web server, and each of them installs from cPanel in about a minute. The LiteSpeed Cache plugin adds page caching that plain setups cannot match, free SSL covers the checkout from day one, and daily backups with 14 days of restore points protect every update. For a store we recommend starting from Beginner (20 GB NVMe) rather than the smallest plan, because product images and order history grow faster than a blog. If WordPress is your whole business and a site needs more resources, our WordPress hosting plans are the natural next step, and a store that outgrows shared limits moves to a VPS without rebuilding. Q: Which PHP versions and management tools do I get? A: CloudHosting hosting runs several PHP versions side by side, from legacy releases for old sites up to the current PHP 8 line, and you switch the version per site in cPanel with one click. Common extensions such as mysqli, gd, imagick, intl and opcache are enabled or can be toggled in the PHP selector. cPanel also gives you the File Manager, FTP accounts, phpMyAdmin, a DNS zone editor, cron jobs and an installer with WordPress, Joomla, Drupal, PrestaShop, Nextcloud and about 60 other applications. Everything is point and click with no command line needed, and every tool is included on every plan. For a developer, create a separate FTP account in a minute instead of sharing your own password. Q: How do email and domains work with hosting? A: Every CloudHosting hosting plan includes mailboxes on your own domain: 5 on Starter, 20 on Beginner, 50 on Fullhouse and 100 on Complete. Read mail in the browser through webmail, or connect Outlook, Apple Mail and phones over IMAP or POP3 with SMTP for sending; SpamAssassin filters junk, and DKIM and DMARC records help your outgoing mail land in inboxes. Mailbox contents count against the plan disk. You can register a new domain (.lv, .com, .eu and other zones) or transfer one to us and manage site, mail and DNS on one invoice; if your domain stays elsewhere, point it at the hosting with two DNS records and support will send you the exact values. Q: How do backups work? A: CloudHosting backs up every hosting account daily to separate storage, away from the hosting server itself, and keeps 14 days of restore points. You can restore a single file, a database or the whole account, either yourself from cPanel at any time or by asking support on working days from 9:00 to 17:00 Riga time. Restoring one site does not touch the other sites on the account. Before risky changes, such as a big plugin update or a template swap, you can also download your own archive from cPanel in a few clicks. For truly critical data we still recommend an occasional copy outside any single provider; we say that about ourselves too. Q: Do you limit traffic, CPU or RAM? A: CloudHosting hosting plans have no hard traffic cap: we do not bill per gigabyte or switch a site off after a visitor spike. What keeps the platform stable are fair-use CPU and RAM limits per account, a guaranteed slice that stops a runaway script from slowing everyone down. If a burst exceeds it, pages briefly slow down rather than the site being suspended; nothing is deleted and mail keeps flowing. If we see sustained overuse, we write to you with concrete numbers and suggest the next plan or a VPS, and we never switch anything off silently. A cache plugin such as LiteSpeed Cache stretches any limit much further, and you can watch your usage in the cPanel resource section. Q: What is the difference between shared hosting and a VPS? A: CloudHosting shared hosting starts at 3.20 EUR a month on a 24-month term, and we run, patch and secure the server while you manage sites in cPanel; a VPS starts at 9.35 EUR a month on a 12-month term and gives you a whole virtual machine with root access and dedicated vCPU, RAM and NVMe, which you administer yourself. The shared platform is built for PHP and MySQL, so Node.js, Python and Ruby apps, Docker containers, bots and background workers belong on a VPS. Choose hosting for typical websites; choose a VPS for custom stacks, background services or strict isolation. Both run in our Riga data centre, so moving up is a copy inside one network, and your domain and email addresses stay the same. Q: Where are the servers, and how reliable is the platform? A: CloudHosting hosts every web hosting account in the Tier 3+ data centre it runs itself in Riga, Latvia, with redundant power, cooling and its own network, and keeps daily backups on separate storage. Your data stays in the EU under the GDPR, and visitors in Latvia and the Baltics get single-digit-millisecond latency. Monitoring and incident response run 24/7, and engineers answer on working days from 9:00 to 17:00 Riga time, in English, Latvian and Russian. Planned maintenance is announced in advance and done in low-traffic windows, and the WAF filters attack traffic before it reaches your account. Our availability target is 99.9%, a target rather than a contractual guarantee; if an incident happens, we report it openly. Q: How does the 14-day money-back guarantee work? A: CloudHosting refunds a cancelled hosting plan within 14 days of paying the invoice, by the same method you paid with: write to support with the service name. VPS plans are refundable on the same terms; dedicated server rental and domain registrations are excluded, because a registry charges for a domain irreversibly and a rented physical server is reserved for you from day one. There is no minimum term: hosting is paid in advance for 1 to 24 months, invoiced in EUR, and nothing is charged automatically. To stop, simply do not pay the next invoice. Most refund requests turn out to be solvable problems, a migration hiccup or a DNS question, so tell us the reason if you would rather have it fixed. ### Managed WordPress hosting from 15.99 EUR | CloudHosting URL: https://www.cloudhosting.lv/wordpress-hosting Managed WordPress hosting on isolated NVMe: dedicated CPU and RAM, LiteSpeed and Redis cache, one-click staging. From 15.99 EUR/mo, free migration. Key facts: - Provider: CloudHosting SIA, a Latvian IT infrastructure provider operating since 2016 - What you get: A managed cPanel hosting account for WordPress with dedicated vCPU and RAM, isolated NVMe, LiteSpeed page cache and Redis object cache, staging and auto-updates with rollback; we run, patch and secure the server - Location: Riga, Latvia, in a Tier 3+ data centre we run ourselves; sites and backups stay in the EU - Price: From 19.99 EUR a month, or 15.99 EUR a month on a 24 month term, for Solo; Studio 39.99 EUR, Agency 79.99 EUR, Partner 159.99 EUR - Plans: Solo: 1 site, 1 vCPU, 2 GB RAM, 20 GB NVMe. Studio: 5 sites, 2 vCPU, 4 GB RAM, 50 GB NVMe. Agency: 25 sites, 4 vCPU, 8 GB RAM, 200 GB NVMe. Partner: 100 sites, 8 vCPU, 16 GB RAM, 500 GB NVMe - Minimum term: None: pay for 1, 3, 6, 12 or 24 months, with 5, 10, 15 or 20% off the longer periods - Included: Free SSL, daily off-site backups (hourly on Partner), a WAF with WordPress rules and free migration, usually within 24 hours - Support: Monitoring and incident response 24/7. Engineers answer on working days 9:00-17:00 Riga time, in English, Latvian and Russian. - Contract: With CloudHosting SIA, an EU company registered in Latvia; invoices in EUR, nothing is charged automatically; refund within 14 days of paying the invoice Q: How much does managed WordPress hosting cost? A: CloudHosting managed WordPress hosting costs from 19.99 EUR a month for Solo, or 15.99 EUR a month on a 24-month term, up to 159.99 EUR for Partner with 100 sites, 8 vCPU, 16 GB RAM and hourly backups. Solo covers 1 site with 20 GB NVMe, 1 vCPU and 2 GB RAM. Studio at 39.99 EUR fits most businesses, and Agency at 79.99 EUR fits studios with client portfolios. Prices exclude VAT, which is added at 21% where it applies, and every plan includes SSL, backups and migration, so there are no hidden add-ons. The discount ladder is the same as on all our hosting: 5% for 3 months, 10% for 6, 15% for 12 and 20% for 24. Q: How is premium different from regular shared hosting? A: CloudHosting premium hosting gives each account dedicated CPU, RAM and I/O quotas enforced at the kernel level, while regular shared hosting at 3.20 EUR a month shares resources between accounts. On top come Redis object cache, LiteSpeed page cache, staging and auto-updates with rollback. Premium exists for sites where speed directly earns money: stores, lead pages and busy company sites; lighter sites are fine on regular hosting. The panel underneath is the same cPanel with PHP and MySQL, so nothing needs relearning, and Joomla, Drupal, PrestaShop or Laravel sites run on premium too, with the same dedicated resources and backups. Moving up from regular hosting later is one click. Q: Is it good for WooCommerce stores? A: Yes: for a working WooCommerce store CloudHosting recommends the Studio plan, 5 sites with 2 vCPU, 4 GB RAM and 50 GB NVMe for 39.99 EUR a month, because a store is the hardest WordPress workload. Cart and checkout cannot come from page cache, so they depend on raw PHP and database speed. Dedicated CPU and RAM keep checkout fast during sales, Redis holds sessions and frequent queries in memory, and NVMe accelerates the database. Test plugin updates on staging before they touch production, and if the store already runs elsewhere, we move it for free. Q: How does the migration work? A: CloudHosting migrates WordPress sites free of charge on every premium plan, and a typical site is finished within 24 hours with effectively zero downtime. You send us access to the current hosting, or an archive plus a database dump if access is gone. We copy files, database and mailboxes, bring the site up on a temporary address, and you click through it while the old site keeps serving visitors. We fix whatever surfaced, then switch DNS during a quiet window; the old server keeps answering until the switch completes. You keep the old hosting until you have seen the new one work, and support walks you through it if this is your first move. Q: Can you move a hacked or broken site? A: Yes: CloudHosting moves a hacked or broken WordPress site into an isolated account and cleans it before it goes live again, which is a common request. We remove the infection (malware in files, injected database rows, rogue admin users), update core and plugins and put the WAF in front of the site. Where the damage is too deep, we restore from your old backups if they exist. Cleanup beyond a standard migration is billed as IT support work by the hour, and you receive a report of what was found and fixed. After the cleanup we recommend changing every password, and we do not skip that step on our side either. Q: Do you set up the cache, and will it break my cart? A: CloudHosting preconfigures three cache layers on every premium plan: LiteSpeed full-page cache, Redis object cache and OPcache for compiled PHP. Cart, checkout, account pages and any logged-in session bypass the full-page cache automatically, so visitors always see their own basket and never someone else's, while Redis still speeds those dynamic pages up by serving queries from memory. The cache for a page is purged automatically when its content changes. If your theme or a plugin behaves badly with caching, write to support: our engineers tune the rules for your specific site instead of telling you to figure it out. You can also purge or switch off any layer yourself while testing. Q: Do you update WordPress for me? A: CloudHosting turns on core, plugin and theme auto-updates by default and rolls an update back automatically if the site stops responding or errors appear after it. You can exclude specific plugins from auto-updating, since some site builders prefer manual control, or switch auto-updates off completely. For big version jumps use staging: one click creates a full copy of the site on a separate address with the same files, database and plugins, you test the change there, then repeat it on production. Combined with daily or hourly backups, this keeps an unattended site from quietly turning into a hacked one. Q: How is the site protected? A: CloudHosting protects premium sites in several layers, starting with a ModSecurity WAF with WordPress-specific rules that filters exploit attempts before they reach PHP. Accounts are isolated from each other, so a neighbour's compromised site cannot read your files or eat your resources. Auto-updates close known vulnerabilities quickly, and free SSL covers every domain. Daily backups, hourly on Partner, are kept on separate off-site storage, so even the worst case is recoverable. None of this replaces sane passwords and two-factor login on your own WordPress admin, which we will gladly help you set up. Q: Can agencies manage many client sites? A: Yes: the CloudHosting Agency plan hosts 25 sites and Partner 100 sites under one cPanel, each site with its own folders, databases and mailboxes. Staging works per site, so one client's experiment never touches another client's production. Partner adds hourly backups, which matters when any of a hundred sites can change at any moment. One plan with pooled resources is cheaper than a pile of small accounts, and resizing as the portfolio grows is one click without moving any site. Each client can get their own mailboxes and FTP access without seeing the rest of the portfolio. Q: Premium or a VPS for WordPress? A: Choose CloudHosting premium hosting, from 15.99 EUR a month, if you want the platform managed, and a VPS, from 9.35 EUR a month, if you want root access and your own stack. With premium, cache, updates, security and backups are our job and you work in cPanel; with a VPS you run, say, Nginx with PHP-FPM tuned your way and take full responsibility for updates and hardening. At similar resources both perform comparably, and the real difference is whose time maintains the setup. When a site outgrows the Partner plan, a VPS or a designed enterprise setup in the same Riga data centre is the next step, and we plan that move with you. Q: Where are the servers located? A: CloudHosting runs premium hosting in the Tier 3+ data centre it operates itself in Riga, Latvia, with redundant power, cooling and its own network, and keeps backups on separate off-site storage. Data stays in the EU under GDPR, which client contracts and privacy policies increasingly require, and visitors from Latvia and the Baltics get single-digit-millisecond latency. Monitoring and incident response run 24/7, and engineers answer on working days from 9:00 to 17:00 Riga time, in English, Latvian and Russian. Q: Is there a money-back guarantee? A: Yes: CloudHosting refunds hosting plans within 14 days of paying the invoice, by the same method you paid with. If premium does not fit, write to support: we refund the hosting fee or, more often, help you move to the plan that actually matches the project, whether that is regular shared hosting or a VPS. Dedicated server rental and domain registrations are excluded, because a registry charges for a domain irreversibly and rented capacity is reserved from day one. The migration we did for you stays free either way, and if you leave, we hand over a full archive of your sites without lock-in games. ### SSL certificates from 7.51 EUR a year | CloudHosting URL: https://www.cloudhosting.lv/ssl-certificate SSL certificate for one domain from 7.51 EUR a year. Sectigo, RapidSSL, GeoTrust, Thawte, DigiCert. DV in minutes, terms to 5 years. Order online. Key facts: - Provider: CloudHosting SIA, a Latvian IT infrastructure provider operating since 2016 - What you get: A publicly trusted SSL/TLS certificate for one domain that covers both example.com and www.example.com, from Sectigo, DigiCert, GeoTrust, RapidSSL or Thawte - Validation and issuance: DV issued within minutes of domain validation by DNS record, HTTP file or email; OV in 1 to 3 working days; EV up to about a week - Where it works: On any web server, hosting account or load balancer, at CloudHosting or elsewhere; on our hosting we install it for you - Price: From 7.51 EUR a year for Sectigo PositiveSSL, the average yearly price on the longest term; the catalog shows the full price of each term, paid once - Minimum term: 1 year, and up to 5 years paid once. A certificate file is valid for up to 199 days under CA/B Forum rules, so longer terms arrive as consecutive certificates - Reissues and renewal: Free reissues within the paid term from the client panel, with a reminder before expiry; the free chssl agent for Linux servers installs each reissue automatically - Support: Engineers answer on working days 9:00-17:00 Riga time, in English, Latvian and Russian, and help with the CSR, validation and installation - Contract: With CloudHosting SIA, an EU company registered in Latvia; invoices in EUR, nothing is charged automatically Q: How much does an SSL certificate cost? A: CloudHosting sells single-domain SSL certificates from 7.51 EUR a year without VAT, for Sectigo PositiveSSL, a domain-validated (DV) certificate issued within minutes of validation. That figure is the average yearly price on the longest term; shorter terms cost more per year. The price in our catalog is the full cost for the whole term you choose, paid once, not a monthly figure, so there are no hidden charges later. OV and EV certificates cost more because the certificate authority verifies your company before issuing, which takes extra work on their side. If you plan to keep the domain, a multi-year order is usually the cheaper route. If you are unsure which level you need, write to support and describe your site. Q: Does one certificate cover both example.com and www.example.com? A: Every single-domain certificate CloudHosting sells secures both the apex domain and the www hostname, so one order covers example.com and www.example.com. Visitors see a valid connection whichever form they type, and you do not need two certificates or redirects just to avoid a browser warning. Keep in mind that this pairing applies only to www: any other subdomain, for example mail or shop, is a separate hostname and needs its own certificate, a wildcard or a multi-domain certificate. When you submit the CSR, use your main domain name and the www coverage is added automatically at issuance, with nothing extra to configure on your side. Q: How fast is an SSL certificate issued? A: A DV certificate from CloudHosting is usually issued within minutes, because the only check is that you control the domain, confirmed by a DNS record, a file on your web server or an email to the domain. The clock starts once validation is complete, so responding quickly to the confirmation step is what decides the speed. OV takes 1 to 3 working days: the certificate authority verifies your company details before adding them to the certificate. EV can take up to a week, since the vetting is the strictest. If a launch date depends on the certificate, order OV or EV in advance and keep your company records consistent, as mismatched details are the most common cause of delay. Q: DV, OV or EV: which certificate does my site or online shop need? A: CloudHosting sells all three validation levels, and the encryption is identical in each; what differs is how thoroughly the certificate authority checks who stands behind the site. DV proves control of the domain and is enough for websites, blogs, APIs and internal services. OV adds your verified company name to the certificate and takes 1 to 3 working days, a sensible balance for business sites and most online shops that take payments and store customer data. EV is the strictest vetting with the highest warranties, traditionally chosen by banks and fintech. You can start with DV from 7.51 EUR a year and move to OV or EV later, for example when online payments appear. If in doubt, describe your project to our support. Q: How do multi-year terms work if a certificate lasts only 199 days? A: CloudHosting delivers a multi-year order as consecutive certificates, because a single public certificate is now valid for up to 199 days under CA/B Forum rules, so a 3-year term cannot be one long file. When each interval approaches, you reissue the certificate in the client panel, which shows how many days remain, and every reissue inside your paid term is free. You only pay again when the whole term ends and you renew for a new period. If you install our free chssl agent on your server, it requests each reissue, installs it and reloads the web server automatically, so the interval needs no manual step at all. Q: Can SSL renewal be fully automatic? A: CloudHosting offers two ways to automate renewal, and both work today. The free chssl agent is for certificates bought on this page: install it on a Linux server with nginx, Apache or Docker, turn on auto-renewal in the client panel, and it requests every reissue within your paid term, installs it, checks the configuration and reloads the web server, rolling back if anything fails. Your TLS private key never leaves the server. The paid ACME subscription is the other way: your own ACME client, such as certbot or acme.sh, requests and renews certificates under the standard RFC 8555 protocol, which suits DevOps pipelines and containers. If you are unsure which one fits your setup, ask our support. Q: How is a paid SSL certificate different from a free one? A: CloudHosting paid certificates encrypt traffic exactly as free ones do; the difference lies in the checks, the warranty and the service. A paid certificate carries a warranty from the certificate authority, up to 1,750,000 USD on the top lines, can be OV or EV with your verified company details inside, and runs for a term of 1 to 5 years with free reissues. Free certificates are DV only, carry no warranty and must be renewed every few months, so without automation a site easily ends up with an expired certificate. For an automated pipeline, look at our ACME subscription. For a business site where trust and company details matter, choose OV or EV. Q: What is the warranty amount on an SSL certificate? A: Warranties on the certificates CloudHosting sells range from 10,000 USD on budget DV lines to 1,750,000 USD on the top OV and EV certificates, as shown on each card. The warranty is insurance from the certificate authority: if the CA mis-issues a certificate and a relying party, for example a customer of the site, suffers a loss because of that mistake, the CA covers the damage up to the stated amount. It does not insure you against your own server being hacked or your site failing, it only covers CA error, which is rare in practice. That is why the amount is best read as a signal of how strict the vetting is, and why OV and EV certificates carry the larger figures. Q: What if I need to secure more than one hostname? A: A single-domain certificate from CloudHosting covers only the apex and www, so for more names our catalog has two other certificate types. A multi-domain SAN certificate secures up to 250 hostnames on different domains in one certificate, which is convenient when you run a few sites or services under separate names. A wildcard certificate covers unlimited subdomains of one domain, so shop, mail and any future subdomain are protected without new orders. We also sell ACME subscriptions, where software requests and renews certificates on its own. Which one is cheaper depends on how many names you have and how often they change, so if the choice is not obvious, send support your list of hostnames. Q: Will my SSL certificate work in all browsers? A: Every certificate CloudHosting sells chains to a root that all mainstream browsers and operating systems trust, on desktop and mobile alike: Sectigo roots since 2002 and DigiCert roots since 2007. They are present in effectively every device your visitors use, so they see the padlock rather than a warning. The realistic caveat is installation, not trust: if the intermediate part of the bundle is missing on your server, some clients will still complain even though the certificate itself is fine. Install the full delivered bundle, and if a visitor reports a warning, contact our support and we will help you check the chain. Q: Can you install the SSL certificate for me? A: CloudHosting installs the issued certificate for you when the site runs on our hosting, so there is nothing to configure on your side. If the certificate is for your own server, you receive the full bundle after issuance and install it yourself, and our support guides you through the steps for your web server on working days from 9:00 to 17:00 Riga time. If you do not want to create a CSR yourself, we can generate one during the order. On a Linux server the free chssl agent can then take over every later reissue. In all cases we remind you before renewal, so the certificate does not quietly lapse and take HTTPS down with it. ### Multi-Domain SAN SSL from 19.88 EUR | CloudHosting URL: https://www.cloudhosting.lv/multi-domain-ssl-certificate Multi-domain SAN SSL for up to 250 hostnames: 3 included in the base price, add extra SANs any time. Sectigo DV and EV from 19.88 EUR a year. Order online. Key facts: - Provider: CloudHosting SIA, a Latvian IT infrastructure provider operating since 2016 - What you get: One publicly trusted certificate for up to 250 hostnames on different domains, from Sectigo, GeoTrust, Thawte or DigiCert, for any server or load balancer, with us or elsewhere - Included hostnames: The primary hostname plus 2 SANs, or plus 4 SANs on the GeoTrust and Thawte certificates; extra hostname and wildcard SANs are priced per SAN and can be added later - Validation and issuance: DV (Sectigo, GeoTrust) checked per domain by DNS or email and issued within minutes; OV (GeoTrust, Thawte, DigiCert) and EV (Sectigo) add a one-time company check - Price: From 19.88 EUR a year for Sectigo PositiveSSL Multi-Domain with 3 hostnames, the average yearly price on the longest term; the catalog shows the full price of each term, paid once - Minimum term: 1 year, and up to 5 years paid once. A certificate file is valid for up to 199 days under CA/B Forum rules, so longer terms arrive as consecutive certificates - Reissues and renewal: One renewal date for every hostname; free reissues within the paid term from the client panel, which keeps your SAN list; the free chssl agent for Linux servers installs each reissue automatically - Support: Engineers answer on working days 9:00-17:00 Riga time, in English, Latvian and Russian, and help with the CSR, validation and installation - Contract: With CloudHosting SIA, an EU company registered in Latvia; invoices in EUR, nothing is charged automatically Q: How many hostnames fit on one multi-domain SSL certificate? A: A multi-domain certificate from CloudHosting holds up to 250 hostnames, enough for large brand portfolios and complex service infrastructures. The base price already includes the primary hostname plus 2 SANs, or 4 SANs on the GeoTrust and Thawte certificates, so you start with 3 or 5 protected names. Beyond that, every hostname takes one SAN slot, and a wildcard entry also occupies a single slot even though it covers many subdomains. You do not need to fill the list at purchase time: begin with the hostnames you actually use and extend the certificate later as projects appear. If you are planning something close to the 250 limit, write to support first and we will help you structure the order sensibly. Q: Can I add a hostname after the certificate is issued? A: CloudHosting lets you add hostnames to a multi-domain certificate at any time during its term, which is one of the main reasons to pick SAN. You order the extra SAN, we add the hostname to the certificate, and the new domain goes through validation just like the original ones. Once it passes, the certificate is reissued and you install the updated file on your servers. The old certificate keeps working until you swap it, so there is no downtime for the sites already covered. The expiry date does not move: the added hostname runs on the remaining term, and everything still renews on a single date. Plan the validation step in advance, since you need DNS or mailbox access for the new domain. Q: Can a SAN entry be a wildcard? A: On most multi-domain certificates CloudHosting sells, a SAN entry can be a wildcard such as *.example.com, priced per entry on each card; the EV certificate is the exception, because EV cannot cover wildcard names. One such entry covers every subdomain of that domain, so shop.example.com, mail.example.com and any names you create later are protected without changing the certificate. Keep in mind that a wildcard covers one subdomain level, and the bare domain is technically a separate name, so plan your entry list accordingly. The practical value is the combination: in one certificate you can mix ordinary hostnames from several domains with wildcard entries for the domains where subdomains appear and disappear often. Q: Do all domains need to belong to the same owner? A: CloudHosting can issue one multi-domain certificate for domains registered to different companies or people, because the certificate authority checks that each domain passes validation, completed by whoever controls it. This makes DV SAN certificates practical for agencies, resellers and IT teams that manage sites for many clients and want one certificate with one renewal. Three honest caveats: every domain owner has to cooperate during validation; all hostnames share one private key and one file, so whoever installs the certificate can serve any listed name; and an OV or EV certificate shows one verified company, which fits unrelated clients poorly. If clients need strict separation from each other, separate certificates are the cleaner choice; write to support if you are unsure. Q: SAN or wildcard SSL: which one do I need? A: CloudHosting sells both, and the right one depends on your list: a SAN certificate covers up to 250 names across different domains, while a plain wildcard only ever covers subdomains of one domain. If your list contains several different domains, for example a .com, a .net and country domains, SAN is the right tool. If everything lives under a single domain and you keep creating subdomains, a wildcard is simpler, since new subdomains are covered automatically. Many real setups need both at once: a few separate domains plus fast-changing subdomains under one of them. In that case take a multi-domain certificate and add a wildcard SAN for the busy domain. Count your hostnames for the next year or two before ordering. Q: How much does a multi-domain SSL certificate cost? A: Sectigo multi-domain certificates at CloudHosting start from 19.88 EUR a year without VAT, the average yearly price on the longest term, and that base price already includes the primary hostname plus 2 SANs, so 3 hostnames in total. Every additional hostname is billed at a fixed per-SAN price for the same term as the certificate, shown on each card, so the total grows predictably as your list grows. The catalog shows the full cost for each term, paid once for the whole period; multi-year terms are delivered as consecutive certificates reissued at each interval under CA/B Forum rules. Compared with buying a separate certificate for every domain, you also save the work of tracking many renewals and juggling several files. Q: What is a SAN or UCC certificate? A: SAN stands for Subject Alternative Name, the field of an SSL certificate that lists every hostname it is valid for, and the multi-domain certificates CloudHosting sells hold up to 250 entries there. When a browser or mail client connects, it checks whether the name it requested appears in that list, so one certificate can serve many sites. UCC, short for Unified Communications Certificate, is the older Microsoft term for exactly the same construction, coined for Exchange deployments that need names like autodiscover and webmail on one certificate. So when Exchange or Zimbra documentation asks for a UCC certificate, any multi-domain SAN certificate from this page satisfies the requirement. Q: Should I choose DV, OV or EV for a multi-domain certificate? A: CloudHosting offers multi-domain certificates at all three levels: DV from Sectigo and GeoTrust, OV from GeoTrust, Thawte and DigiCert, and EV from Sectigo. DV only proves control of each hostname through a DNS record or a confirmation email, so issuance is quick and prices start from 19.88 EUR a year; for most websites, mail servers and internal services that level is entirely sufficient, because the encryption itself is identical. OV and EV add a one-time vetting of your company for the whole certificate: documents are checked and the verified legal entity is written into the certificate, where corporate and banking clients can see it. Expect them to take longer. Choose OV or EV when customers or partners require proof of who operates the service. Q: How does renewal work with many hostnames on one certificate? A: CloudHosting keeps every hostname of a multi-domain certificate on one renewal date, and within your paid term of 1 to 5 years each reissue is free. Because a public certificate is now valid for up to 199 days, a longer term arrives as consecutive certificates: you reissue from the client panel, which shows the days left and keeps your current list of hostnames, so no name drops off by accident. The new file then goes onto every server that serves those names. Our free chssl agent for Linux servers with nginx, Apache or Docker can do that step for you, installing each reissue and reloading the web server automatically. One file and one date for all names is the practical gain over many separate certificates. ### Wildcard SSL Certificate from 82.90 EUR | CloudHosting URL: https://www.cloudhosting.lv/wildcard-ssl-certificate One wildcard SSL certificate secures *.yourdomain.com: every subdomain, present and future. Sectigo, RapidSSL, GeoTrust, DigiCert from 82.90 EUR a year. Key facts: - Provider: CloudHosting SIA, a Latvian IT infrastructure provider operating since 2016 - What you get: A publicly trusted certificate for *.example.com that secures every first-level subdomain, today's and future ones, from Sectigo, RapidSSL, GeoTrust, Thawte or DigiCert - Validation and issuance: DV (Sectigo, RapidSSL, GeoTrust, Thawte) issued within minutes of one DNS or email check for the whole domain; OV (GeoTrust, DigiCert) after company vetting; EV wildcards do not exist - Where it works: On any number of web, mail or API servers, at CloudHosting or elsewhere, at no extra cost per server - Price: From 82.90 EUR a year for Sectigo PositiveSSL Wildcard, the average yearly price on the longest term; the catalog shows the full price of each term, paid once - Minimum term: 1 year, and up to 5 years paid once. A certificate file is valid for up to 199 days under CA/B Forum rules, so longer terms arrive as consecutive certificates - Reissues and renewal: Free reissues within the paid term from the client panel; the free chssl agent for Linux servers installs each reissue on every server that holds a copy - Support: Engineers answer on working days 9:00-17:00 Riga time, in English, Latvian and Russian, and help with the CSR, validation and installation - Contract: With CloudHosting SIA, an EU company registered in Latvia; invoices in EUR, nothing is charged automatically Q: What is a wildcard SSL certificate? A: A wildcard SSL certificate from CloudHosting has an asterisk in its name, for example *.example.com, so one certificate secures every direct subdomain of the domain: www, mail, shop, api and any other. The main advantage shows as the site grows: a subdomain created later is covered automatically as soon as its DNS resolves, with no reissue and no new order. When you order, the CSR is generated with the asterisk name, and you use the issued bundle across all your services. Instead of keeping a separate certificate with its own expiry date for every subdomain, you track a single renewal date. Q: How much does a wildcard SSL certificate cost? A: At CloudHosting wildcard SSL starts at 82.90 EUR a year without VAT for Sectigo PositiveSSL Wildcard, a DV certificate that fits most sites; that is the average yearly price on the longest term, and shorter terms cost more per year. RapidSSL, GeoTrust and Thawte DV wildcards cost more, and the OV brands GeoTrust TrueBusinessID and DigiCert are priced higher still, because the CA also vets the company behind the domain. Latvian VAT of 21% applies where relevant. The amount in the catalog is the full cost for the chosen term, paid once. Brands differ in validation depth and warranty, so paying more mainly makes sense when your customers expect a vetted company name in the certificate. Q: Does a wildcard SSL certificate cover the bare domain too? A: On every brand CloudHosting sells, a wildcard certificate includes both *.example.com and the bare example.com, so the apex domain is secured without extra entries or a second certificate. In practice a visitor who types example.com without any subdomain still gets a valid HTTPS connection from the same certificate that protects www, mail or shop. You do not have to configure anything special: the apex entry is part of the issued certificate itself, and you can verify it in the browser after issuance. This applies to every wildcard in our catalog: Sectigo, RapidSSL, GeoTrust, Thawte and DigiCert. Q: Does a wildcard cover sub-subdomains? A: A wildcard certificate from CloudHosting, like any wildcard, matches exactly one label: shop.example.com and api.example.com are covered, but a.b.example.com is not, because it sits one level deeper. To secure that name you need a separate wildcard for *.b.example.com or a multi-domain certificate with the exact hostname added as a SAN entry. In practice it pays to plan your naming early: if everything lives directly under the main domain, one wildcard is enough, while deep structures multiply certificates and administration. If you are unsure which layout fits your case, write to support and describe the hostnames you plan to use. Q: How many servers can use the same wildcard certificate? A: CloudHosting sets no limit on servers: you can install the same wildcard certificate and private key on every web, mail or API server that serves a subdomain, at no extra cost per server. This matters when one domain is spread across several machines, for example a website on one server and mail on another: they can all present the same wildcard. Keep the private key protected on each machine, and remember that every copy must be replaced when the certificate is reissued, so keep a simple list of everywhere it is installed, or let the free chssl agent handle the replacement on each Linux server. Q: Is there an EV wildcard certificate? A: CloudHosting does not sell EV wildcards because no certificate authority issues them: CA/B Forum rules do not allow extended validation to be combined with a wildcard name. The strongest validation available for a wildcard is OV, for example GeoTrust TrueBusinessID Wildcard or DigiCert Wildcard SSL, where the CA vets the company behind the domain and includes it in the certificate. For most sites this is sufficient: encryption strength is the same across validation levels, the difference is how thoroughly the owner is checked. If a policy in your organization strictly requires EV, it can only be applied to certificates that list exact hostnames rather than an asterisk. Q: How fast is a wildcard SSL certificate issued? A: CloudHosting DV wildcards such as Sectigo PositiveSSL and RapidSSL are issued within minutes once domain validation is complete, and there is only one check for the whole domain: you either add a DNS record or confirm a link sent to an email address on that domain. The real waiting time is usually on your side, for example waiting for a DNS change to propagate. OV brands like GeoTrust TrueBusinessID and DigiCert additionally vet the company behind the order, a step that cannot be fully automated, so issuance takes noticeably longer; order OV certificates ahead of any deadline. If validation gets stuck, write to support and we will help you through it. Q: Wildcard or SAN: which fits my setup? A: CloudHosting sells both, and the choice depends on your names: a wildcard covers an unlimited number of subdomains of one domain, including ones you create later, while a SAN, or multi-domain, certificate puts up to 250 hostnames from different domains on one certificate. Choose a wildcard when everything sits under one domain; choose SAN when several different domains, for example separate sites on different names, need to share a certificate. The two approaches can be combined: multi-domain certificates can carry wildcard SAN entries, so one certificate covers several domains and all their subdomains at once. List every hostname you serve today and expect to add; if unsure, send the list to support. Q: Do I need a wildcard or is a single-domain SSL enough? A: A single-domain certificate from CloudHosting covers one hostname together with www and costs less, so if you serve only www.example.com there is no reason to pay for a wildcard. As soon as you run mail, shop, api or staging alongside the main site, separate certificates mean separate orders, separate validations and separate renewal dates to track. One wildcard from 82.90 EUR a year replaces all of that with a single certificate and a single renewal, and any subdomain you add later is covered automatically. It is not always cheaper than a few budget certificates, but it is always simpler to administer, and its advantage grows with the number of subdomains. Q: How does renewal work now that certificates last 199 days? A: CloudHosting delivers every wildcard term of 1 to 5 years as consecutive certificates, because a public certificate is now valid for up to 199 days under CA/B Forum rules. Each reissue within your paid term is free: you start it in the client panel, which shows how many days are left, and then replace the file on every server that uses the wildcard. That last step needs care, since one wildcard often lives on several machines. Our free chssl agent for Linux servers with nginx, Apache or Docker finds the certificate on each server, installs the new file and reloads the web server automatically, so install it on every machine that holds a copy. ### SSL automation, 17.63 EUR a year | CloudHosting URL: https://www.cloudhosting.lv/ssl-automation Automate SSL certificate issuance and renewal with ACME (RFC 8555): certbot, acme.sh, Caddy. 17.63 EUR a year per domain, wildcards included. Order online. Key facts: - Provider: CloudHosting SIA, a Latvian IT infrastructure provider operating since 2016 - What you get: A Sectigo ACME subscription: a directory URL and External Account Binding credentials (kid and HMAC key) for your own ACME client, sent by email after the order - Works with: certbot, acme.sh, Caddy, Traefik, cert-manager, win-acme and any RFC 8555 client with EAB support, on any server you control, with us or elsewhere - Coverage: One registered domain per subscription with 1 SAN included and up to 255 SANs; wildcard entries validate via DNS-01 - Price: 17.63 EUR a year per domain; extra hostname and wildcard SANs at the yearly prices shown in the catalog; issuance and renewals are not metered - Minimum term: 1 year, renewed yearly by invoice; each certificate your client obtains is valid for up to 199 days under CA/B Forum rules - Not the same as chssl: chssl is our free agent that installs reissues of certificates bought from the SSL catalog; this subscription is for teams that run their own ACME tooling - Support: Engineers answer on working days 9:00-17:00 Riga time, in English, Latvian and Russian, and help with client setup and DNS-01 - Contract: With CloudHosting SIA, an EU company registered in Latvia; invoices in EUR, nothing is charged automatically Q: Which ACME clients are supported? A: The CloudHosting ACME subscription works with any client that implements RFC 8555, the ACME v2 standard, and supports External Account Binding: certbot, acme.sh, Caddy, Traefik, cert-manager and win-acme are all proven choices. There is no proprietary agent to install, because the subscription speaks the standard protocol these tools already understand. In practice you pick the client that matches your stack, for example certbot on a classic Linux server, Caddy or Traefik when the web server handles certificates itself, cert-manager in container clusters and win-acme on Windows. If you are unsure whether your client supports EAB, check its documentation or write to our support before ordering. Q: How much does an ACME SSL subscription cost? A: A CloudHosting ACME subscription costs 17.63 EUR a year per domain without VAT and includes 1 SAN. That single flat fee covers the protocol activity itself: your client can issue, reissue and renew certificates as often as its schedule requires, and none of those operations costs anything extra. If the setup grows, you extend the same subscription with additional hostname SANs or wildcard SANs, up to 255 in total; each add-on has its own annual price shown in the catalog on this page. So the yearly total is simply the base fee plus the add-ons you actually use, with nothing metered and no surprises at renewal time. Q: How do wildcard certificates work over ACME? A: The CloudHosting ACME subscription issues wildcard entries such as *.example.com through the DNS-01 challenge, which ACME requires for every wildcard. A wildcard entry covers every hostname on one level under the domain, so new subdomains are protected without touching the certificate. To prove control, your client publishes a temporary TXT record in the domain zone, and the certificate authority checks that record before issuing. Most clients automate this step with plugins for popular DNS providers, so renewals also run unattended. The practical requirement: your DNS provider must offer an API the client can use to add the record automatically. If yours does not, ask our support about workable setups before you order. Q: What is EAB and why do I need it? A: CloudHosting delivers every ACME subscription with an External Account Binding pair, a key ID called kid and an HMAC key, sent by email after the order. EAB is the mechanism that ties an ACME account to your paid subscription: your client presents the pair once, when it registers its ACME account, and from then on every certificate request runs under your subscription with its authorization. Without EAB anyone who knew the server address could issue certificates at your expense, which is exactly what this prevents. Treat the pair like a password: store it securely in your configuration, keep it out of public repositories, and if you suspect it has leaked, contact our support. Q: How is this different from free Let's Encrypt? A: The CloudHosting ACME subscription uses the same ACME v2 protocol as Let's Encrypt, so the clients, commands and cron jobs you already know work unchanged: you only point them at the Sectigo directory URL and add the EAB pair. What the paid subscription adds is a longer certificate lifetime, up to 199 days against 90 days or less at Let's Encrypt, so renewals are rarer and an automation fault leaves a wider safety margin. It also allows up to 255 SANs on one certificate instead of 100, gives you a second, commercial certificate authority if you do not want to depend on one free service, and comes with a support team you can write to when something in the pipeline misbehaves. Q: Can I cover several domains? A: A CloudHosting ACME subscription is scoped to one registered domain, with 1 SAN included and room for up to 255. Everything under that domain can live on the same certificate: hostnames like www, mail or api are added as individual SANs, and a wildcard SAN covers a whole level of subdomains at once. A separate domain, even one belonging to the same company, needs its own subscription, ordered the same way and delivered with its own directory URL and EAB credentials. In practice your servers can run several ACME configurations side by side, one per domain, and each renews independently. If you manage a larger portfolio of domains, write to our support and we will help plan the structure. Q: Do I have to install and renew SSL certificates manually? A: With a CloudHosting ACME subscription the only manual work is a one-time setup, after which your ACME client requests, installs and renews certificates on its own schedule. Install a client such as certbot, acme.sh or Caddy, give it the Sectigo directory URL and your EAB credentials, and tell it which hostnames belong on the certificate. From then on the client requests the certificate, places the files where your web server expects them and reloads the service, then repeats the whole cycle without human action. What we still recommend is an occasional glance at the client logs after configuration changes, since a typo in a new hostname is easier to catch early than at renewal. Q: What happens if automatic renewal fails? A: A failed renewal on a CloudHosting ACME subscription is not an outage, because the certificate already installed stays valid until its expiry date and ACME clients start renewing well before that date. That usually leaves a window of several weeks in which the site keeps working normally while you investigate. ACME clients also retry automatically on their next scheduled run, so a temporary problem often resolves itself. Typical persistent causes are an expired DNS API token, a changed record or a firewall blocking the client; the client logs show which step failed. If you cannot find the cause, our support helps you debug the setup on working days from 9:00 to 17:00 Riga time. Q: Do I need this subscription if I use the free chssl agent? A: CloudHosting has two separate answers to renewal: this ACME subscription at 17.63 EUR a year per domain, and chssl, a free agent for the certificates sold on our single-domain, wildcard and multi-domain pages. The ACME subscription gives your own ACME client direct access to Sectigo with EAB credentials, so it can create certificates for any hostnames under your domain on demand, which suits DevOps pipelines, containers and setups that change often. chssl runs on Linux servers with nginx, Apache or Docker and installs each reissue of a certificate you bought from our catalog within its paid term; your TLS private key never leaves the server. If a catalog certificate on a standard web server is all you need, chssl is usually enough. ### LEI code registration from 44.89 EUR a year | CloudHosting URL: https://www.cloudhosting.lv/lei-code LEI code registration, renewal and transfer: from 44.89 EUR a year on a 5-year term or 56.11 EUR for one year. In Latvia usually 4 hours to 3 working days. Key facts: - Provider: CloudHosting SIA, a Latvian IT infrastructure provider operating since 2016; the code itself is issued by a GLEIF-accredited issuer - What you get: A 20-character LEI code under ISO 17442 for one company, published in the global GLEIF database: a new code, or the transfer and renewal of a code issued elsewhere - Who can order: Companies registered in Latvia or in another country; the data of a Latvian company is checked against the Register of Enterprises - Price: 56.11 EUR for 1 year, 140.27 EUR for 3 years and 224.43 EUR for 5 years, the lowest price per year; transfer of an LEI issued elsewhere 56.11 EUR with one year - Time to issue: In Latvia usually 4 hours to 3 working days after payment and data confirmation; the GLEIF database shows the code usually within a day of issue - Validity: One year at a time; on a 3 or 5 year term the yearly renewals are paid in advance, and a lapsed code keeps its number when it is renewed - What we need: The registration number, the board member who signs, and whether a parent company consolidates your accounts; the legal name and addresses come from the register - Ordering and payment: Online in the cart; invoice in EUR from CloudHosting SIA, paid by card, bank transfer or another method; nothing is charged automatically - Support: We answer on working days 9:00-17:00 Riga time, in English, Latvian and Russian Q: What is an LEI code? A: A Legal Entity Identifier: a 20-character code under ISO 17442 that identifies one company in financial transactions anywhere in the world. It is linked to the legal name, registration number, addresses and parent company, and it is published in the public GLEIF database. Q: Does my company need an LEI? A: Only if it deals with financial markets. You need one to buy or sell bonds, shares, funds or ETFs through a company account, to hedge currency or interest rates with a bank, to issue securities, or when a bank, insurer or investment firm asks for it from you as a supplier. A company that only invoices customers and pays suppliers does not need one. Q: How much does an LEI code cost? A: 56.11 EUR for one year, 140.27 EUR for three years and 224.43 EUR for five years, without VAT. Renewal or transfer of an LEI issued elsewhere costs 56.11 EUR for one year. Q: How long does it take to get an LEI in Latvia? A: For a Latvian company, usually from 4 hours to about 3 working days after you pay and confirm the data. The issuer checks every record against the Register of Enterprises before it issues the code, and the public GLEIF database shows the code usually within a day after that. Q: How long is an LEI valid? A: One year from issue or from the last renewal. With a 3 or 5 year term you pay once, and the yearly renewals within that term are already covered. Q: My LEI was issued by someone else. Can I renew it with you? A: Yes. We take over the existing code and renew it for 56.11 EUR for one year. The code itself stays the same, so nothing changes for your bank or broker. Q: What happens if an LEI lapses? A: Its status in GLEIF changes to lapsed, and banks and brokers treat it like a missing code: trades are not executed until it is renewed. A lapsed code can be renewed at any time and keeps the same number. Q: Is LEI information public? A: Yes. The code, the legal name, the registration number, the addresses and the parent company are public in the GLEIF database and free to search. The name of the person who ordered the code is not published. ### VMC certificate for BIMI, logo in Gmail | CloudHosting URL: https://www.cloudhosting.lv/vmc-certificate VMC certificate for BIMI: your trademarked logo and a verified badge next to every email in Gmail, Apple Mail and Yahoo. We handle the whole process. Q: Which email clients show the logo? A: Gmail, Apple Mail and Yahoo render BIMI logos, and smaller providers such as Fastmail and Zoho support the standard as well. Gmail goes one step further and adds a blue verified badge next to the sender name, which is the part recipients notice most. Outlook and Microsoft 365 do not display BIMI logos as of July 2026, and Microsoft has said it has no short-term plans to add support. In practice that means you should look at your own recipient list before buying: if most of your customers read mail in Gmail or on Apple devices, the logo will be visible to the majority, while corporate audiences living in Outlook will simply see no change. Q: Do I need a registered trademark? A: Yes, and there is no way around it. The whole point of a VMC is that a certificate authority confirms the logo is a trademark you actually own, so without a registration there is nothing to verify. The mark must be registered at one of eight accepted offices: the USPTO, the Canadian Intellectual Property Office, EUIPO, the UK Intellectual Property Office, the German DPMA, the Japan Trademark Office, the Spanish Patent and Trademark Office, or IP Australia. A registration anywhere else does not count. This requirement stops most applicants, so check it first. If you are unsure whether your registration qualifies, write to support and we will check it before any money changes hands. Q: Does a Latvian trademark count? A: A national registration at the Latvian Patent Office is not on the accepted list, so on its own it will not get you a VMC. Companies in Latvia normally solve this with an EU trademark at EUIPO, which covers Latvia together with every other EU country and is one of the eight accepted registries. If you already hold an EUIPO registration for the exact logo you send mail with, you are fine. If you only have the national mark, the EU registration is the first step, and it takes months, so start there and treat the certificate as the final stage. We can look at your current registrations and tell you honestly where you stand before you commit to anything. Q: How much does a VMC certificate cost? A: A single year is 1578.07 EUR. Two years work out at 1499.16 EUR a year, 2998.32 EUR for the term, and three years at 1446.56 EUR a year, 4339.69 EUR for the term. All prices exclude VAT. The longer terms cost less per year and also mean you go through the validation round less often. A VMC really is in a different price class from an SSL certificate, so before you compare terms, make sure you qualify at all: without a trademark registered at an accepted office, no budget can buy you a VMC. We check your trademark and your DMARC before anything is paid, so nothing is spent on an application that cannot succeed. Q: How long does it take? A: Validation itself runs 3 to 7 working days once your documents are in. That window includes the notarised copies of identity documents and the video call with the certificate authority, so the speed partly depends on how quickly you can get the notarised paperwork done on your side. The certificate is rarely the slow part, though. If your DMARC policy is still on p=none, moving it to quarantine or reject safely takes time, and if the trademark is not registered yet, that process is measured in months. Plan the project in that order: trademark first, then DMARC, then the certificate. Write to us early and we will tell you which of the three will actually set your timeline. Q: What is the difference between VMC and CMC? A: A VMC covers a logo that is a registered trademark, verified against one of the accepted trademark registries. A CMC, a Common Mark Certificate, was introduced for logos that are not trademarked, for example a mark that has been in public use for over a year. The catch is support: fewer mailbox providers render a CMC, so the reach of your logo is smaller and harder to predict. If you hold a registered trademark, the choice is simple, take the VMC, because it works everywhere BIMI works. If you do not hold one, weigh the cost of registering a trademark against the more limited coverage of a CMC, and ask us if you are unsure which path fits. Q: Will my logo show on every email? A: On mail sent from the domain covered by the BIMI record, and passing DMARC, yes, in the clients that support BIMI. The logo is tied to authentication, so any message that fails SPF, DKIM or DMARC simply falls back to the grey circle. The common surprise is third-party sending: newsletter platforms, CRM systems and other tools send mail on your behalf, and each of them must authenticate correctly for your domain, or their messages will show no logo. Check those integrations before you buy, because fixing them afterwards is the same work in a worse order. Once the record, the certificate and authentication all line up, the logo appears on qualifying mail automatically, with no per-message work on your side. Q: Do I still need this if I already have SPF, DKIM and DMARC? A: SPF, DKIM and DMARC are the protective half of email authentication: they keep forged mail out of inboxes, but nobody sees them working. A VMC is the visible half. It turns that invisible work into something a recipient can notice, your logo in place of the grey circle and, in Gmail, a blue verified badge next to your name. Whether that is worth the money depends on your mail: if you send high volumes of order confirmations or newsletters, the visible mark builds recognition on every message, and it is the only part of email authentication your marketing team can point at. If you have already done DMARC properly, the hardest technical work is behind you. ### Buy a Domain from 12 EUR a Year: .lv, .com | CloudHosting URL: https://www.cloudhosting.lv/domain-registration Buy a .lv, .com, .eu, .net or .org domain for 12 EUR a year excl. VAT, renewal at the same price. Accredited .lv registrar in Riga, 500+ zones. Check a name. Key facts: - Provider: CloudHosting SIA, a Latvian IT infrastructure provider operating since 2016 and an accredited .lv registrar - What you get: Registration of a domain, or a transfer from another registrar through support, with DNS on CloudHosting nameservers or any nameservers you choose; for gTLDs also a registrar lock and free WHOIS privacy - Location: Riga, Latvia (EU): .lv names go directly into the NIC.LV registry, without a reseller in between - Zones: Over 500 TLDs at checkout; 12 popular zones priced on this page: .lv, .com, .eu, .net, .org, .io, .dev, .ai, .app, .co, .me and .shop - Price: .lv, .com, .eu, .net, .org and .shop 12.00 EUR a year; .dev and .app 14.90 EUR; .me 18.90 EUR; .co 24.90 EUR; .io 39.00 EUR; .ai 89.00 EUR a year - Renewal: At the registration price, except .io (55.00 EUR) and .shop (39.00 EUR), whose registries charge more after the first year; the renewal invoice is issued 10 days before expiry - Minimum term: 1 year; .ai is registered for at least 2 years - Support: Monitoring and incident response 24/7. Engineers answer on working days 9:00-17:00 Riga time, in English, Latvian and Russian. - Contract: With CloudHosting SIA, an EU company registered in Latvia; invoices in EUR, nothing is charged automatically; a registered domain is not refundable, because the registry charges for it irreversibly Q: Is the renewal price really the same as registration? A: Yes: CloudHosting renews .lv, .com, .eu, .net and .org at the same 12.00 EUR a year you pay to register them, and every zone on this page renews at its registration price except two. We do not use first-year teaser pricing, where a domain is advertised cheaply and then costs much more at renewal. The honest exceptions are .io, which renews at 55.00 EUR, and .shop, which renews at 39.00 EUR, because those registries raise their own price after the first year; both numbers are printed on the cards above rather than buried in the terms. That matters because a domain is a long-term cost: you keep it as long as the project exists, so the renewal price is what you really pay. Only VAT is added at checkout where it applies, and it is shown before you pay. Q: How much does a .lv domain cost? A: A .lv domain at CloudHosting costs 12.00 EUR a year excluding 21% VAT, and it renews at the same 12.00 EUR, so the yearly cost never changes. We are an accredited .lv registrar and register the name directly in the NIC.LV registry, without a reseller in between. The price already includes DNS for the zone on our nameservers, and for a private person the NIC.LV registry itself shows only the holder type and country in public WHOIS, so no privacy add-on is needed. There are no setup fees or hidden surcharges; VAT is added at checkout only for customers who have to pay it. You can check whether your name is free with the search at the top of this page, and a taken name shows free alternatives in other zones. Q: Is a .lv domain worth it? A: For a Latvian audience it usually is, and CloudHosting registers .lv, the official country domain of Latvia, directly in the NIC.LV registry for 12.00 EUR a year. A local visitor reads a .lv address as a business that actually operates here, which helps with trust in a way a generic zone often cannot, and it is also the ending Latvian customers tend to guess and type first. If most of your customers are abroad, a .com or .eu may serve you better, and many companies register both and point one at the other, which any domain here can do. Because the renewal price stays at 12.00 EUR, trying .lv is a small commitment. Q: What is the cheapest domain extension? A: At CloudHosting six popular zones share the lowest price: .lv, .com, .eu, .net, .org and .shop cost 12.00 EUR a year excluding 21% VAT, so choosing between them is about the name and the audience rather than the money. Five of the six also renew at 12.00 EUR; .shop is the exception, because its registry charges more from the second year and it renews at 39.00 EUR, which is printed on its card. Two more caveats apply: .ai must be registered for at least 2 years, which the checker shows before you order, and individual names a registry flags as premium carry their own price. If none of the listed zones fits, over 500 other TLDs are available at checkout. Q: Can I transfer a domain I already own to you? A: Yes: CloudHosting accepts transfers from other registrars through support and helps with the process free of charge. Unlock the domain at your current registrar and request the transfer authorization code there, then send the domain name and that code to support, and we start the transfer for you. For most gTLDs the transfer adds one year to the term you already have, billed at the normal yearly price, so no paid time is lost. The website and email keep working throughout, because a transfer changes the registrar, not the nameservers, and you can leave DNS untouched until you decide otherwise. If the code is rejected or the domain turns out to be locked, we tell you and go through it with you. Q: How does free WHOIS privacy work? A: For gTLDs such as .com, CloudHosting publishes a proxy contact in the public WHOIS database instead of your name, address and email, free for as long as you hold the domain. Public WHOIS records are routinely harvested for spam and cold calls, which is why hiding them matters. You remain the full legal owner: the proxy only changes what strangers see, not who controls the domain, and genuine legal or registry correspondence still reaches you. For .lv the mechanism is different, because the NIC.LV registry itself limits the personal data it publishes under GDPR, so a separate privacy service is not needed there. Nothing has to be enabled or paid for in either case. Q: Do I need your DNS servers or your hosting? A: No: a domain registered with CloudHosting can run on the CloudHosting nameservers, but that is an option, not a requirement. You can delegate the domain to any nameservers you prefer, for example those of your hosting provider or your own infrastructure, and change them in the client panel at any time. You do not need hosting from us either: a domain can be registered on its own and pointed wherever your site and email live. Switching nameservers does not affect ownership, the renewal price or the expiry date. One practical note: before switching nameservers, recreate your existing records, such as those for the website and mail, at the new DNS provider, so nothing stops working in between. Q: What happens if I forget to renew? A: CloudHosting issues the renewal invoice 10 days before a domain expires and renews the domain as soon as that invoice is paid, so a lapse only happens when the invoice stays unpaid. Nothing is charged automatically, which is why the safest habit is to keep your billing email up to date and pay the renewal invoice in time. If the date passes, the domain stops resolving, and the website and any mail on it go down. Most zones then allow a grace period during which we can still restore the domain, but its length differs by zone, and recovery generally gets harder and more expensive the longer you wait. After that the name is released and anyone can register it, so if a domain of yours has expired, write to support straight away. Q: How fast does a new domain start working? A: A domain registered with CloudHosting can be used as soon as registration completes, with no separate activation period. From there you can point the domain at any hosting through our nameservers or any others you choose, or simply keep the name in reserve. One honest caveat: if you later change DNS records or delegate the domain to other nameservers, some networks may show the change only after a few hours, sometimes up to 24, because of caching, so plan big changes for a quiet moment. If something does not resolve as expected, write to support and we will check it with you. Q: Can I get a refund for a domain? A: No: CloudHosting does not refund domain registrations, because the registry charges for a domain irreversibly the moment it is registered, and the same applies to renewals and transfers. Under our terms other services can be refunded within 14 days of paying the invoice, but domain registration and dedicated server rental are excluded. That is why this page shows the price, the renewal price and any minimum term before you order, and why it is worth checking the spelling of the name twice. If you registered a name by mistake, write to support anyway: nothing can be refunded, but we can help you point the domain somewhere useful or let it expire at the end of the paid year without further charges. ### WHOIS domain lookup, free instant check | CloudHosting URL: https://www.cloudhosting.lv/whois-lookup Free WHOIS lookup for .lv, .com, .eu and more: registrar, nameservers and status live from the registry, expiry date where the zone shows it. No sign-up. Key facts: - Provider: CloudHosting SIA, a Latvian IT infrastructure provider operating since 2016 and an accredited .lv registrar - What you get: The registry's raw WHOIS record: registrar, status codes, nameservers and, where the registry publishes them, registration and expiry dates (.com, .net and .org do; .lv and .eu do not) - Zones: 12 zones: .lv, .com, .net, .org, .eu, .io, .dev, .app, .ai, .co, .me and .shop - Data source: Each query goes live over the WHOIS protocol (port 43) to the zone's registry server, for example whois.nic.lv for .lv; nothing is served from a cache - Price: Free: no account, no sign-up and no advertising - Limits: The tool sets no cap on lookups; registries limit bursts of queries from one address, and a registry that does not answer within a few seconds gets a try-again message - Personal data: Registries redact the personal data of private owners under GDPR; result pages carry a noindex tag, so lookups do not end up in search engines - Registering a name: A free name can be registered with CloudHosting SIA from 12.00 EUR a year (.lv, .com, .eu, .net, .org), invoiced in EUR by an EU company - Support: Monitoring and incident response 24/7. Engineers answer on working days 9:00-17:00 Riga time, in English, Latvian and Russian. Q: Is this WHOIS lookup really free? A: Yes: the CloudHosting WHOIS lookup is free, needs no account and shows no advertising, and every query goes live to the registry of the zone you ask about. You get the raw registry response rather than a stored copy, which is why the tool asks you to try again if a registry briefly does not answer. It covers 12 zones, including .lv, .com and .eu; if you enter a name in a zone it does not support yet, it says so and lists the supported ones. Use it as often as you like for normal checks, and if a zone you need is missing, write to support and tell us which one. Q: How can I check who owns a .lv domain? A: Type the name into the form above: the CloudHosting tool queries the .lv registry server whois.nic.lv directly, with no cached copies, so you see the registry's current record. For a company holder the .lv record shows the organisation name, address and registration number, which is enough to confirm who is behind a business site. For a private person the personal fields are hidden under GDPR, and the record points to a contact form on nic.lv instead. The record also names the registrar and the nameservers, which often tell you which provider hosts the site. Note that the .lv registry does not publish registration or expiry dates in WHOIS. Q: Why is the owner's name missing from the result? A: The CloudHosting lookup shows the registry's raw record, and since GDPR most registries redact the personal data of private owners, so name, address and email fields are often empty or a placeholder. The .eu registry, for example, shows the registrant as not disclosed, and the .lv registry hides private persons behind a contact form. Many gTLD domains also use WHOIS privacy services that replace the owner's details with the service's own contact. This is normal and does not mean the record is broken. Company-owned domains usually still show the organisation name. To reach a hidden owner, go through the registrar listed in the record: most registrars and privacy services forward legitimate requests. Q: How do I find out when a domain expires? A: For gTLDs such as .com, .net and .org, the CloudHosting lookup shows the registry's expiry date field, the date the current registration is paid up to, pulled live rather than copied from an earlier crawl. Some country registries do not publish the date at all: the .lv and .eu WHOIS records contain no expiry date, so there only the holder or its registrar can tell you. Two things are worth knowing. An expired domain does not free up on the expiry day itself; it usually passes through statuses such as redemptionPeriod first, so watch the status codes too. And if the domain is yours, renew it in time, because a lapse can take your site and email offline. Q: The domain I want is taken. What now? A: The CloudHosting lookup shows the two fields that tell you whether a taken domain may come free: the expiry date, where the registry publishes one, and the status codes. A domain in redemptionPeriod has recently expired, and if the owner does not restore it, it may drop back into the free pool; that is possible but never guaranteed. If you would rather not wait, look at other zones: the checker on our domain registration page tests free alternatives across .lv, .com, .eu and more in one go, with prices from 12.00 EUR a year. A shorter or slightly different name in another zone is often available immediately, and it is usually the fastest way to a working domain. Q: Can WHOIS tell me whether a domain is available? A: Partly: when the CloudHosting lookup finds no record, the registry is saying that no registration exists, which usually means the name is free, but WHOIS knows nothing about reserved or premium names and shows no price. For an answer you can act on, use the checker on our domain registration page: it checks availability through the registration systems, flags premium names, suggests free alternatives in other zones and shows the yearly price, from 12.00 EUR for .lv, .com, .eu, .net and .org. Use WHOIS to learn about a domain that exists, and the checker to buy one that does not. Q: Can I hide my own data in WHOIS? A: Yes: for domains registered with CloudHosting, WHOIS privacy in gTLD zones such as .com is included free, so your personal details are replaced in the public record. The .lv registry goes its own way and hides the data of private registrants by default, so nothing extra is needed there. Two honest caveats: technical fields such as nameservers, status and the registrar always stay visible, because the system needs them to work, and if a domain is registered to a company, the organisation name is generally public, as the .lv record of any legal person shows. If your record still shows personal data, write to support and we will check the settings. Q: Which domain zones does the lookup support? A: The CloudHosting WHOIS lookup supports 12 zones: .lv, .com, .net, .org, .eu, .io, .dev, .app, .ai, .co, .me and .shop, each queried at its own registry's WHOIS server, such as whois.nic.lv for .lv and whois.verisign-grs.com for .com and .net. The list matches the popular zones on our domain registration page, so you can check a name and then see its price in the same place. If you enter a domain in another zone, the tool says it is not supported yet and lists the supported ones rather than guessing. If a zone you need is missing, write to support and tell us which one. Q: What do the status codes in a WHOIS record mean? A: The CloudHosting lookup shows the registry's status codes, standard flags that describe what can currently happen to a domain. clientTransferProhibited means the registrar has locked it against transfers, which is the normal safe state; clientDeleteProhibited and clientUpdateProhibited block deletion and changes in the same way. serverHold or clientHold means the domain is taken out of DNS, so it does not resolve. redemptionPeriod means it has expired and the owner can still restore it, and pendingDelete means it is about to be released. The .lv registry uses simpler words such as active. If a status on your own domain looks wrong, write to support. Q: Is the lookup rate-limited? A: The CloudHosting tool itself sets no cap on how many domains you check, but every registry behind it limits how often a single address may query it, mainly to stop bulk harvesting of records. In practice you can run normal lookups all day without noticing; the limits only bite when many queries arrive in a short burst. If a result suddenly fails or comes back empty, that is usually the limit talking: wait a minute and run the query again. If you regularly need WHOIS data for a large list of domains, write to support and describe the task, because batch checks are easier to handle another way than through the form. ### Cybersecurity for business in Latvia | CloudHosting URL: https://www.cloudhosting.lv/cybersecurity Managed cybersecurity for business: firewall, endpoint protection, email security, backup and monitoring from one local team. Start with a free 30-minute call. Key facts: - Provider: CloudHosting SIA, a Latvian IT infrastructure provider operating since 2016 - What is included: A next-generation Fortinet firewall, endpoint protection on every computer and server, email security against phishing, backups tested by real restores, monitoring and incident response - Where: Engineers and the data centre we run ourselves in Riga, Latvia (EU); on-site work across Latvia, the rest remotely - Price: On request: a fixed monthly price for licenses, management and response, set after the audit; the audit itself from 200 EUR as a fixed fee; prices without VAT - How it starts: A free 30-minute call with an engineer, then the audit; the project is quoted only on what the audit found - Partner status: Authorized Fortinet partner and Microsoft partner; licenses come through the official channel - Support: Monitoring and incident response 24/7. Engineers answer on working days 9:00-17:00 Riga time, in English, Latvian and Russian. - Contract: With CloudHosting SIA, an EU company registered in Latvia; invoices in EUR, nothing is charged automatically Q: What does managed cybersecurity actually cover? A: CloudHosting's managed cybersecurity covers five layers: a next-generation firewall at the perimeter, endpoint protection on every computer and server, email security that filters phishing and spam, backups tested so they actually restore, and monitoring with incident response 24/7. Managed means we do the work: we deploy each layer, keep licenses valid, apply updates and watch the alerts, so your staff do not have to become security specialists. We size everything to your company, document the setup and stay responsible for it, so there is one team to call when something looks wrong. Q: Do we need all of it, or can we start small? A: CloudHosting lets you start with one layer, and most companies begin with the firewall and endpoint protection, because those stop the most common attacks first. Email security, backup and monitoring can be added later as the business grows or as budget allows. Be aware of the trade-off: every layer you postpone leaves a gap, so postpone consciously, not by accident. This is what the free 30-minute call and the audit after it are for: they show which gap is most dangerous in your specific setup, so you spend your budget where it matters most. Write to us and we will schedule the call. Q: Will this make us NIS2 and GDPR compliant? A: CloudHosting deploys the technical controls NIS2 and GDPR expect: a firewall, endpoint and email protection, tested backups and monitoring with incident response. Technology alone does not make you compliant though: both frameworks also ask for documented processes and evidence that the protection is actually managed. That is why we document everything we deploy for you, so when an auditor or a regulator asks questions, you can show what exists, who runs it and how incidents are handled. If you need to go further, we also run separate NIS2 readiness and data protection services alongside this offering. Q: Whose products do you use? A: CloudHosting typically puts a Fortinet next-generation firewall at the network perimeter, bought through the official channel as an authorized Fortinet partner, and works with Microsoft for identity and email as a Microsoft partner. Buying through the partner channel matters for two practical reasons: your licenses are issued and renewed correctly, and the configuration follows the vendor's own best practice rather than guesswork. At the same time we are not tied to one fixed brand. A small office and a company with several sites need different tools, so we choose what fits your size and budget and explain why, so you always know what you are paying for. Q: Do you monitor around the clock? A: CloudHosting runs monitoring and incident response 24 hours a day, every day of the year, from its data centre in Riga, with its own team rather than an outsourced call centre in another timezone. Alerts from your firewall, endpoints and email protection are collected around the clock, including nights and public holidays, which is exactly when many attacks are timed; a serious incident is handled at once, other out-of-hours alerts are reviewed the next working morning. Engineers answer questions and do planned work on working days from 9:00 to 17:00 Riga time. When something looks wrong we do not just send a notification: we isolate the problem, respond to the incident, then tell you what happened and what we changed. Q: How much does it cost? A: CloudHosting prices cybersecurity per company: the first 30-minute call is free, the audit costs from 200 EUR as a fixed fee agreed up front, and protection is then quoted as a fixed monthly price covering licenses, management and response. There is no single price list, because two companies of the same size can need very different protection: the cost depends on how many users, devices and sites you have and on which layers you choose. Because the quote is based on your real infrastructure, not assumptions, the amount on the invoice does not move around. If priorities change later, the scope and the price are adjusted openly. Contact us to book the call. Q: What happens if ransomware hits us? A: CloudHosting's incident response first isolates the affected computers or servers so the infection cannot spread, then restores your data from the tested backups that are part of a full setup. That is why we test backups by real restores: a backup that has never been restored is a hope, not a plan. Monitoring runs 24/7, so a live attack is handled at once, not on the next working day. Afterwards we tell you what happened, what we changed and how to stop it happening again, and if NIS2 applies to you, we prepare the facts your company needs for the incident report. Q: We already have an IT person or provider. Can you work alongside them? A: CloudHosting can take over security alone and leave the rest of your IT with your own person or current provider, with the split of duties written down so both sides know who does what. Typically we run the firewall, endpoint and email protection, backups and monitoring, while your team keeps users, printers and daily questions. Your people also get experienced colleagues to consult when something looks wrong, and incident response does not depend on one employee being reachable, because our monitoring runs 24/7. If you later want us to take over more of your IT, our IT support service covers that. ### NIS2 in Latvia: thresholds, deadlines, audit | CloudHosting URL: https://www.cloudhosting.lv/nis2 NIS2 and the Latvian Cybersecurity Law: who is a subject, the thresholds and every deadline. Amendments in force since 18.06.2026. Audit and policies from Riga. Key facts: - Provider: CloudHosting SIA, a Latvian IT infrastructure provider operating since 2016, with engineers in Riga and a Tier 3+ data centre there that we run ourselves - Who it is for: Companies that are, or may become, essential or important service providers under the Latvian National Cybersecurity Law, and suppliers whose clients ask for NIS2 measures - What we do: Gap audit against NIS2, risk register and security policies, technical controls plan, incident response playbook with the reporting flow, management report, re-assessment after the fixes - Infrastructure: Servers in our Riga data centre, backups with written RPO and RTO and tested restores, FortiGate firewalls and network segmentation that we supply as a Fortinet partner - Price: From 200 EUR for the audit, a fixed fee agreed before the start. The first 30-minute call is free; the project after the audit is quoted on what it found. - Audit duration: Typically a few days, depending on the number of systems and how quickly your team gives access - Responsibility: The law keeps your company responsible for compliance. We do not certify compliance; we make each measure real and provable. - Support: Monitoring and incident response 24/7. Engineers answer on working days 9:00-17:00 Riga time, in English, Latvian and Russian. - Contract: With CloudHosting SIA, a Latvian company, under EU law, invoiced in EUR Q: Does NIS2 apply to my company? A: CloudHosting answers this in a free 30-minute call, and the Latvian law decides it mainly by two numbers: a company in one of the listed sectors with 50 or more employees, or with turnover or a balance sheet of at least 10 million EUR, is normally a subject. Large operators in sectors of high criticality are essential service providers, the others important providers, and the duties of both are almost the same. Size does not decide in three cases: entities designated as significant for national security from 1 October 2026, owners of ICT critical infrastructure, and domain name registration services under article 23. The self-check on this page gives a first answer, and the official test of the Ministry of Defence settles borderline cases. Q: How much does NIS2 compliance cost? A: CloudHosting charges for NIS2 work in steps: a free 30-minute call, then an IT and NIS2 audit from 200 EUR at a fixed fee agreed before the work starts. The call tells you whether the law applies at all and what is worth checking. The project that closes the gaps is quoted after the audit on what it actually found: a company with documented processes and working backups needs far less work than one starting from zero, and it would be wrong to charge both the same. Ongoing maintenance afterwards is optional and agreed separately, so you never sign up for an unknown sum. Q: How long does a NIS2 gap audit take? A: A CloudHosting NIS2 gap audit typically takes a few days. The exact time depends on the size of your infrastructure, how many systems and processes we review and how quickly your team answers questions and gives access. During that time our engineers interview the people responsible, examine configurations and documentation and compare everything with the requirements of the law. The fixes are planned separately after the report, because their timeline depends on what the audit finds: some gaps close quickly, others need a budget. Once your team has made the changes, we run a re-assessment to confirm the gaps are actually closed rather than just marked as done. Q: What do we get at the end of a NIS2 project? A: At the end of a CloudHosting NIS2 project you have six things: a gap report with priorities, a risk register and security policy set, a technical controls plan for your infrastructure, an incident response playbook with the reporting flow, a management report in plain language and a re-assessment after the fixes. The policies are written for your company and its real processes, not copied from a template, because supervisors notice generic paperwork quickly. The playbook tells your people who does what and who reports where when an incident happens. The management report can be shown to the board or a supervisory authority as evidence that the work was actually done. Q: What are the main NIS2 requirements? A: CloudHosting's NIS2 gap audit checks seven core areas: risk management, security policies, incident response and reporting, business continuity with backups, supply chain security, access control and management accountability. The list mixes paperwork with engineering: a policy binder without working backups fails, and good backups without documented procedures fail too, because supervisors look at both. Management accountability means the leadership has to understand and approve the risk decisions rather than delegate everything to IT. The audit checks every area on your real infrastructure and processes and hands you a prioritized fix list within a few days, so you know what to tackle first. Q: What is the NIS2 directive in simple terms? A: NIS2 is the EU cybersecurity directive that Latvia put into force through the National Cybersecurity Law, and CloudHosting in Riga helps companies meet it with an audit, written policies and technical measures in one project. The directive obliges companies in critical sectors to manage cyber risks, protect their infrastructure and report serious incidents. It does not bind a company directly: each member state turns it into national law, so in Latvia compliance is a legal duty, not a recommendation. In practice your company must know its risks, have written rules for handling them and be able to react when something goes wrong. Q: What changed in the Cybersecurity Law in June 2026? A: CloudHosting's engineers in Riga sum up the amendments to the National Cybersecurity Law, in force since 18 June 2026, as four changes. The public list of approved auditors was abolished, so you may commission any auditor who meets the Cabinet requirements. The circle of subjects was made precise, and private bodies performing delegated state tasks in the social and cultural sectors were taken out. Employers may request a criminal record certificate for staff with privileged access to critical systems. And the three month deadline for appointing a cybersecurity manager was tied to the self-assessment deadline. Separately, from 1 October 2026 entities designated as significant for national security become essential providers regardless of size. Q: What happens if we ignore NIS2? A: Ignoring NIS2 exposes a company to audits, binding instructions and fines from the supervisory authorities, and management can be held personally accountable; a CloudHosting gap audit of a few days is the cheaper way to find your exposure first. There is also a quieter risk: an unmanaged incident tends to surface anyway, through customers, partners or the mandatory reports of others, and explaining to a supervisor why nothing was in place is a much worse position than showing a documented plan with known gaps. Doing nothing does not make the duty disappear, it only moves the cost to the worst possible moment. Q: Who can provide NIS2-ready IT infrastructure in Latvia? A: CloudHosting SIA, a Latvian IT infrastructure provider operating since 2016, runs a Tier 3+ data centre in Riga itself and can host, run and document the infrastructure a company needs under NIS2 and the Latvian Cybersecurity Law. That covers servers in the EU, backups with written recovery targets and tested restores, FortiGate firewalls and network segmentation as a Fortinet partner, access control, and monitoring and incident response 24/7 with engineers on working days 9:00-17:00 Riga time. We can also run the gap audit and write the policies, so the measures and the paperwork come from one supplier. The law keeps your company responsible for compliance, but a provider can make each measure real and provable. Q: Can you run our security after the NIS2 project? A: CloudHosting can keep your controls working after the project, with monitoring and incident response 24/7 and engineers who answer on working days 9:00-17:00 Riga time. Compliance has a shelf life: people change, systems get replaced and a control that passed the audit can quietly stop working. For the operational side we offer managed Fortinet firewalls as a Fortinet partner, servers in the Tier 3+ data centre in Riga that we run ourselves, and our own network AS58269, so the engineers who audited you can keep the controls running. Maintenance is optional, agreed separately and matched to what the audit found. Q: What languages does your team work in? A: CloudHosting's engineers in Riga work in English, Latvian and Russian, so the first call, the audit interviews and the e-mails can be in any of the three, and the language of the report and the policies is agreed before the audit starts. We explain the Latvian law and its deadlines to management in English or Russian when the team needs it. Engineers answer on working days 9:00-17:00 Riga time, and for the systems we host or maintain, monitoring and incident response run 24/7. The first 30-minute call is free: phone +371 66 66 29 69 or write to info@cloudhosting.lv. Q: How do we leave if we need to? A: CloudHosting does not lock NIS2 clients in: after the audit you decide who closes the gaps, us, your own IT people or another contractor, and ongoing maintenance is optional. The report, the policies and the playbook are handed over to you, so another contractor can carry on from them. Hosted services are invoiced in advance for the period you choose, from 1 to 60 months, in EUR, with no automatic card charges; to stop, you do not pay the next invoice, and ending early inside a paid period needs 20 days' notice. If an invoice stays unpaid, the data is kept for at least 30 days after the service is blocked. ### IT audit in Latvia from 200 EUR, fixed price | CloudHosting URL: https://www.cloudhosting.lv/it-audit IT audit for Latvian companies: we check your network, backups, access and NIS2 readiness, then hand you a plain-language fix list. Fixed price from 200 EUR. Key facts: - Provider: CloudHosting SIA, a Latvian IT infrastructure provider operating since 2016 - What we check: Network and remote access, backups and recovery, passwords and access rights, the age and health of servers, computers and network gear, NIS2 readiness - Result: A short plain-language report with every risk ranked by danger and cost and a clear order of what to fix first; the report is yours to use with anyone - Price: From 200 EUR for a small office, a one-off fixed fee agreed before the start; typical audits cost 490 to 1200 EUR; prices without VAT - Duration: A few days for a typical small company, on site and remotely, without stopping your staff - First step: A free 30-minute call with an engineer, who tells you honestly what is worth checking - Commitment: None: a one-off fee, and no obligation to order the fixes from us - Support: Monitoring and incident response 24/7. Engineers answer on working days 9:00-17:00 Riga time, in English, Latvian and Russian. - Contract: With CloudHosting SIA, an EU company registered in Latvia; invoices in EUR Q: Will I understand the IT audit report without technical knowledge? A: CloudHosting writes the IT audit report for a business owner, not an engineer: every finding says in plain words what the risk is, why it matters to your business and roughly what it would cost to fix. Risks are ranked by danger and cost, so you can see at a glance what deserves attention first. There is no jargon to decode and no long appendix of raw technical data. If anything in the document is still unclear, ask us and we will explain it again, in person and in plain language, until you can decide with confidence. Q: How much does an IT audit cost in Latvia? A: CloudHosting's IT audit starts from 200 EUR for a small office, as a fixed fee quoted before any work begins. We look at how many computers, sites and systems you have, name a fee, and only then begin. You are never billed for open-ended hours, and the amount does not grow while the work is in progress. Larger companies are quoted individually, still as a fixed fee agreed in advance. All prices are net, without VAT. For an exact number, book the free 30-minute call or write to us with a rough count of your computers and locations, and you will get a quote before committing to anything. Q: What happens on the free 30-minute call? A: CloudHosting starts every audit enquiry with a free 30-minute call with an engineer, and it puts you under no obligation to order anything. You describe what you run, how many computers and sites you have and what worries you; the engineer tells you honestly what is worth checking and whether NIS2 applies to your company at all. If an audit makes sense, you then get a fixed price from 200 EUR and the expected timeline before any work begins. If it does not, you have spent half an hour and gained an outside opinion. Book the call through the contact page or by phone. Q: Will the audit disrupt our work? A: CloudHosting runs most audit checks quietly in the background over a few days, so your staff keep working as usual and most of them will not even notice it is happening. On-site visits are needed for some checks, but they are short and scheduled around your working hours, not ours. Nothing is switched off or restarted without agreeing it with you first. If your business has hours that are especially sensitive, for example when tills or production must not be touched, tell us in advance and we plan around them. Q: Do you check NIS2 readiness? A: CloudHosting includes a NIS2 readiness check in every IT audit, at no extra charge and regardless of company size. We look at whether the NIS2 law applies to your company at all, and if it does, where you already comply, what is missing and what to do about the gaps. You get this in the same plain-language report as the rest of the findings, so you can plan compliance work next to your other risks in a sensible order. Since NIS2 duties now carry real fines, the point is that you learn where you stand before a regulator or an incident tells you. Q: Do we have to fix the findings with you? A: CloudHosting puts no obligation on you after the audit: the report belongs to you, and you decide whether the findings are fixed by your own IT people, another contractor or us. We deliberately write the report so that any competent specialist can act on it, which is also why there is no lock-in to our services. If you do want help, we can fix the findings ourselves or take over your day-to-day IT afterwards, and that work is quoted separately, so the audit stays an independent, honest assessment and the decision always stays with you. Q: What does an IT audit include? A: CloudHosting's IT audit covers everything that could stop your business or leak your data, for a fixed fee from 200 EUR. We check how your network is wired and where it is open from outside, whether your files and backups would survive a disk failure, ransomware or a stolen laptop, who can reach your systems through passwords, access rights and remote logins, and the age and health of your servers, computers and network gear. NIS2 compliance is reviewed as part of the same work. The result is a short report with every risk ranked by danger and cost, in a clear order of what to fix first. Q: How long does an IT audit take? A: CloudHosting completes the IT audit of a typical small company in a few days, report included. The exact length depends on how many computers, sites and systems you have, so we give you the expected timeline together with the fixed price before the work begins. Most of that time the checks run in the background while your team works normally, and the on-site part is a matter of short, scheduled visits. At the end of those days you are holding the finished document with the risks and the action plan, not waiting weeks for paperwork. If the deadline is critical for you, say so when you get in touch. Q: What do IT audits cost in practice? A: CloudHosting's typical IT audits cost around 490 EUR for an 8-person dental clinic, around 900 EUR for a retail chain with 4 shops and around 1200 EUR for a 25-person manufacturing plant, one-off and without VAT. The differences come from size and complexity: more computers, more locations and more systems mean more to check. Whatever the size, the pattern is the same: a single fixed fee agreed before starting that does not change during the work. These are typical scenarios rather than named clients, so you can compare your business with a similar one before asking for a quote. ### Fortinet FortiGate Firewalls: Buy + Setup | CloudHosting URL: https://www.cloudhosting.lv/fortinet-firewall FortiGate firewalls and UTM licences from an authorized Fortinet partner in Latvia: genuine hardware, setup by our engineers, monitoring. Get a quote. Key facts: - Provider: CloudHosting SIA, a Latvian IT infrastructure provider operating since 2016 - Partner status: Authorized Fortinet partner, entitled to sell FortiGate appliances and licences; bought through the official channel with the full manufacturer warranty - What you get: A FortiGate appliance with UTM or ATP licences, configured by our engineers (rules, site-to-site VPN, segmentation, content filtering), then updates and monitoring; or hardware only with a clean handover - Range: FortiGate 40F, 60F, 80F and 100F, FortiWiFi, FortiSwitch, FortiAP and UTM or ATP licences - Where: Delivery across Latvia; configuration by our engineers in Riga - Price: On request: the appliance model plus the licence and its term, with the setup in the same offer; prices without VAT - Term: The appliance is a one-off purchase, the licence runs for the term you choose, management is optional - Support: Monitoring and incident response 24/7. Engineers answer on working days 9:00-17:00 Riga time, in English, Latvian and Russian. - Contract: With CloudHosting SIA, an EU company registered in Latvia; invoices in EUR, nothing is charged automatically Q: Are you an official Fortinet partner? A: CloudHosting SIA is an authorized Fortinet partner in Latvia, entitled to sell FortiGate appliances and UTM licences, and it buys them through the official channel rather than a grey market. That means three things for you. The hardware is genuine and the licences register cleanly to your company, which matters on the day you need support from Fortinet itself. The full manufacturer warranty applies, and we handle warranty questions instead of pointing you to a third party. And the company that sells you the firewall is the same one that configures it, watches it and keeps its firmware current. For a price on a specific model, write to us for a quote. Q: Can you just sell me the hardware? A: CloudHosting sells FortiGate hardware on its own too: if your IT team prefers to run the firewall, we supply the appliance and the licences you choose and hand everything over, the box, the paperwork and the licence details needed to activate it. Configuration, monitoring and ongoing management are separate optional services, and skipping them changes neither the hardware price nor the warranty. You can also start hardware-only and add our management later if your team gets stretched, or ask for a one-time setup and then take over. Tell us the split you prefer and we shape the offer around it. Q: Which FortiGate model do I need? A: CloudHosting usually fits a small office with a FortiGate 40F and a larger network with more users and heavier filtering with a FortiGate 100F, with the 60F and 80F in between. The choice comes down to a few practical questions: how many users work behind the firewall, how many offices you have, how much traffic passes through and which protections you switch on, since inspection features add load. We ask about your setup first and recommend the model that fits, without overselling, because an oversized box wastes budget and an undersized one slows the whole office down. Describe your network and we name a specific model. Q: Can you connect our offices with a site-to-site VPN? A: CloudHosting configures site-to-site VPN on FortiGate as one of its most common jobs: encrypted tunnels link your offices, so staff in one location reach servers, printers and internal systems in another as if everything sat on one local network, without exposing those systems to the internet. We plan the addressing so the sites do not clash, build and test the tunnels on each appliance, and document what was set up. When you open a new office later, the same design gains one more location instead of being rebuilt. If some sites already run other equipment, mention it early so we can check how the pieces fit. Q: Do you keep the firewall updated afterwards? A: CloudHosting keeps a FortiGate updated when you take its management service: we watch the appliance, apply firmware and security updates and adjust rules when your network changes, so nothing quietly falls out of date. If you run the firewall yourselves, the picture splits in two: the UTM subscription refreshes the threat databases automatically, but firmware upgrades, rule changes and health checks remain your team's job. Updates matter more on a firewall than on most equipment, because it faces the internet directly and known holes are probed quickly. Whichever path you pick, agree on it before installation so responsibility is clear from day one. Q: What is a FortiGate firewall and what does it protect against? A: CloudHosting supplies FortiGate, Fortinet's next-generation firewall (NGFW), which does more than a traditional firewall that only decides which ports and addresses may talk to each other. FortiGate inspects the traffic itself: it blocks intrusion attempts, scans files for viruses, filters web content and controls which applications may use your connection. All of this happens in one appliance at the edge of your network, in front of every device behind it, so laptops, servers and phones get the same protection without installing anything on them. It does not replace endpoint antivirus or backups; it complements them. Q: How much does a FortiGate firewall cost in Latvia? A: CloudHosting quotes a FortiGate as two parts, the appliance model and the UTM licences attached to it, so there is no single list price. A small office is usually fine with a FortiGate 40F or 60F, while a larger network needs an 80F or 100F, and the licence term you choose changes the figure as well. As an authorized Fortinet partner we quote from the official channel with the full manufacturer warranty included, and the quote can cover the setup as well, not just the box. Send us a short description of your network, users and offices, and we return a concrete quote for a specific model and licence, without VAT. Q: What is a UTM licence and do I need one? A: CloudHosting usually recommends buying the UTM or ATP licence together with the appliance, because that subscription is what keeps FortiGate's protection current. The appliance enforces your rules, but the intrusion prevention signatures, antivirus definitions and web filtering categories come from databases that must update continuously, since new threats appear daily. The subscription delivers those updates automatically for as long as it runs. Without it the firewall still works, but only as a static filter: it applies the rules you wrote and recognises nothing newer. For most companies that gap defeats the point of an NGFW, so renew the licence on time rather than letting protection lapse. Q: Can you take over a FortiGate we already own? A: CloudHosting can take over the management of a FortiGate you bought elsewhere and renew its licences by serial number, whoever sold the original ones. We start by reviewing the current configuration, firmware version and licence dates, and tell you what we would change and why before touching anything. From then on the appliance is looked after like one we supplied: updates, rule changes and monitoring under the same arrangement. If the box is too small for today's traffic or no longer supported by the manufacturer, we say so openly and quote a replacement, and the decision stays yours. To start, send us the model, the serial numbers and a short description of your network. ### IT support and IT outsourcing in Latvia | CloudHosting URL: https://www.cloudhosting.lv/it-support IT support and IT outsourcing in Latvia: networks, computer care, monitoring, NIS2 and video surveillance. From 50 EUR/hour or a fixed monthly fee. Get a quote. Key facts: - Provider: CloudHosting SIA, a Latvian IT infrastructure provider operating since 2016 - What we do: Care of staff computers and laptops, office networks and links between sites, server monitoring, backups, email and Microsoft 365, firewalls, NIS2 technical measures and video surveillance with an off-site copy - Where: Riga, Latvia: on-site visits anywhere in Latvia, remote support for companies worldwide under one contract - Hourly rates: From 50 EUR an hour for everyday IT help, from 80 EUR for programming, from 100 EUR for senior network engineering; prices without VAT - Monthly plan: A fixed fee agreed up front for your team; typical examples run from 280 to 700 EUR a month without VAT - Commitment: None for one-off jobs, billed by the hours worked; on a monthly plan the scope and hours are agreed in advance - Support: Monitoring and incident response 24/7. Engineers answer on working days 9:00-17:00 Riga time, in English, Latvian and Russian. - Contract: With CloudHosting SIA, an EU company registered in Latvia; invoices in EUR, nothing is charged automatically Q: What IT services do you provide to companies? A: CloudHosting looks after the everyday IT of companies: staff workstations and laptops, office networks, servers and their monitoring, backups, email and Microsoft 365, firewalls, links between offices or shops, and video surveillance. Around that sits the work you need only occasionally: an IT audit, NIS2 documentation, moving systems to a new server, buying and configuring hardware. You can take a single job by the hour or hand the whole lot over for a fixed monthly fee. What we do not do is write large custom business software: we build scripts and integrations, and for a full product we will tell you honestly that you need a development house. Q: Do you work only in Riga? A: CloudHosting provides IT support across all of Latvia, not only in Riga: most tasks are handled remotely, and an engineer comes on site whenever a person genuinely needs to be in the building, for example to wire a network or replace hardware. Remote work is not limited by geography at all: our administrators are based in different countries and we support clients worldwide under one contract with the same response times. On a monthly plan we usually respond within the hour on working days. If your offices are outside Riga, mention that when you ask for a quote so we can plan on-site visits sensibly. Q: Can you take care of NIS2 for us? A: CloudHosting takes over the technical side of NIS2, not the legal duty: the law leaves responsibility for compliance with your company, so no provider can take it over, and we do not present ourselves as your NIS2 responsible person. What we do is put the security measures in place, keep the documentation of the systems we run in order, check that the systems match what the paperwork promises, and prepare the facts your company needs for an incident report. Monitoring and incident response run 24/7, and our engineers answer on working days from 9:00 to 17:00 Riga time. Not sure whether NIS2 applies to you at all? Write to us and we will help you work that out before you commit to anything. Q: What does the monthly fee include? A: CloudHosting agrees the monthly IT support fee up front from your team size and needs; the examples on this page run from 280 to 700 EUR a month without VAT. Typically it covers an agreed number of support hours, monitoring of your servers and network equipment, and backups. Because the scope is fixed in advance, the invoice stays the same every month and never surprises you. Anything outside the agreed scope is discussed before we do it, so you always decide first. The practical way to get your own figure is a short meeting where we look at what you have. Q: Do you really set up cameras too? A: CloudHosting installs and runs video surveillance as a normal part of its IT support: professional cameras and a local recorder at your premises, so footage plays back instantly on any screen. The important difference is what happens next: recordings are also copied to the data centre we run ourselves in Riga. If someone breaks in and takes the recorder, which is exactly what thieves tend to do, the second copy still exists off-site and can serve as evidence. We manage the whole system afterwards as well, so cameras, storage and the network they run on stay one service with one contact. Q: We already have one IT person. Can you help them? A: CloudHosting often works alongside a company's own IT person: they keep the day-to-day work they know best, such as users, printers and small daily questions, and we take the heavier layers, servers and the network. Our monitoring and incident response run 24/7, so nothing depends on one employee being reachable. That protects you during holidays, illness or a resignation, and it gives your specialist experienced colleagues to consult on harder problems instead of guessing alone. You get the depth of a whole team without hiring one, and the split of duties is written down clearly so both sides know who does what. Q: How much does IT support cost in Latvia? A: CloudHosting charges from 50 EUR an hour for everyday IT help such as setups, repairs, user support and installations, from 80 EUR an hour for programming and from 100 EUR an hour for senior network engineering, all without VAT. Programming means scripts, integrations and small custom software; senior engineering means complex routing, firewalls and network design. For one-off jobs you pay only the hours used, and you know the price before we start. If you need help regularly, a fixed monthly plan keeps the budget predictable; the examples on this page run from 280 to 700 EUR a month depending on company size and needs. On a monthly plan, monitoring and incident response run 24/7, and our engineers answer on working days from 9:00 to 17:00 Riga time. Q: What is IT outsourcing and is it right for a small company? A: IT outsourcing means an external team looks after your computers, network and security instead of a hired employee; with CloudHosting that costs from 50 EUR an hour or a fixed monthly fee, with no salary, taxes, holidays or training to pay. You sign one contract and call one number, and behind it stands a group of specialists with different skills: networking, servers, security, everyday user support. For a small company this is usually cheaper than employing even one IT person, because you pay only for what you actually need. The honest caveat: if you have enough daily work to keep a full-time person busy, a mixed model where we back up your own specialist can make more sense. Q: How fast do you respond when something breaks? A: CloudHosting usually responds within the hour on working days 9:00 to 17:00 Riga time for clients on a monthly plan, and monitoring runs 24/7: an incident that stops your work is handled at once, other out-of-hours alerts are picked up the next working morning. Most problems are solved remotely: we connect to the affected computer or server right away, which is the fastest route for the majority of failures. When the fault is physical, a dead switch, cabling or hardware, we come on site anywhere in Latvia. Because we monitor client servers, network gear and disks, we often see trouble building up and step in before anything stops working. For one-off customers without a plan, response depends on current workload, which is worth knowing when you compare options. Q: Do you repair computers and laptops? A: CloudHosting diagnoses, repairs and maintains workstations and laptops for business clients, at the standard rate from 50 EUR an hour or as part of a monthly plan. In Riga we can come to your office or you can bring the machine to our workshop; from anywhere else in Latvia a courier works fine in both directions. On a monthly plan repairs are simply part of the service, so a broken laptop does not create a separate invoice. We also handle the routine side, updates and preventive maintenance, and prepare new machines so they arrive configured and ready for work. ### Our Network: AS58269, Own BGP in Riga | CloudHosting URL: https://www.cloudhosting.lv/network The CloudHosting network in detail: own AS58269, IPv4 and IPv6 address space, several independent uplinks, BGP from Riga, dark fiber and private circuits. Q: What is AS58269 and why does an own ASN matter? A: AS58269 is the autonomous system of CloudHosting SIA, registered with RIPE NCC under the name AS-CLOUDHOSTING. An own ASN means we decide our routing policy ourselves: which carriers we buy transit from, how traffic enters and leaves, and how quickly we react when a path misbehaves. Providers without their own network rent all of this from someone else and can only forward your ticket when routing breaks. You can verify the whole setup in the public RIPE database: the AS, our prefixes and the route objects are all there. Q: Which IP addresses does CloudHosting announce? A: Our own IPv4 allocations, including the 185.8.60.0/22 block and several /24 networks such as 91.220.43.0/24, all with route objects in the RIPE database and origin AS58269. On top of that we hold an IPv6 /32 allocation, 2a03:3440::/32. Addresses assigned to your services come from this space with correct whois data and reverse DNS under our control, which matters for mail deliverability and for anyone who checks where their provider's addresses actually come from. Whois for any of our addresses points at CloudHosting SIA in Riga, not at a chain of intermediaries, and service addresses are assigned from this same space without rented blocks. Q: Who are your upstream carriers? A: Several independent carriers, deliberately unrelated to each other, each taking a full BGP feed; the exact set can change as we optimize routes, and we discuss details openly with colocation and enterprise clients. What matters for everyone else is the behaviour: if one upstream degrades or drops, BGP moves traffic to the remaining paths automatically within seconds, without an engineer having to wake up first. No single carrier failure becomes our outage, and that is the whole point of running an own AS. Q: Can I bring my own IP addresses or AS number? A: Yes, in two ways. If you already hold PI addresses or an ASN, we announce your prefixes from our edge or set up BGP sessions with your AS; for colocation this is a standard add-on. If you do not have resources yet, our IP and AS registration service obtains PI IPv4, IPv6 and AS numbers for you via RIPE NCC, with CloudHosting acting as your sponsoring LIR and handling the paperwork. Your resources stay yours: if you ever leave, the addresses travel with you. Q: How do I connect my office to the data centre? A: Three levels, by budget and requirement. A managed site-to-site VPN (IPsec or WireGuard) over existing internet connections is the quickest and cheapest. Carrier Ethernet gives you a point-to-point L2 circuit between your site and the data centre with no public internet on the path. Dark fiber in the Riga metro area is the top tier: your own strand, lit or unlit, with DWDM options when one wavelength is not enough. All three are designed, delivered and monitored by our engineers. Q: What port speeds do services get? A: VPS plans come with a 1 Gbps port. Dedicated servers in Riga come with a 1 Gbps port, and the Amsterdam range adds a guaranteed 10 Gbps unmetered line. Colocation clients choose uplinks per rack, including 10G and guaranteed-bandwidth options from the add-on list. Inside the data centre, private VLANs between your own services are not billed as public traffic, so an app server talking to its database or backups flowing at night cost you nothing extra. If you are unsure what your workload needs, describe it to support and we will size the port honestly. Q: Do you support IPv6? A: We hold our own IPv6 /32 allocation, 2a03:3440::/32, with a route6 object announced from AS58269; that is public RIPE data. IPv4 remains the default for services, because that is what most customer software still expects, and every service includes a dedicated IPv4 address. If your project needs IPv6, ask support when ordering and we will set it up for the service in question. We prefer saying this honestly instead of printing an IPv6 badge on every page of the site. Q: How is reverse DNS (PTR) handled? A: Because the address space is ours, reverse DNS is under our direct control: send the desired hostname to support and the PTR record is set for your IPv4 address. For mail servers this is essential, and we set PTR with your SPF, DKIM and DMARC story in mind, so deliverability checks pass consistently. Colocation and enterprise clients with their own prefixes keep control of their reverse zones, and we delegate rDNS to your name servers if you prefer to manage it yourself. Q: What happens when an uplink fails? A: BGP does its job: sessions to the failed carrier drop, routes are withdrawn and traffic shifts to the remaining upstreams automatically. For most customers the event is invisible or a brief blip. Our engineers are alerted immediately and investigate the cause with the carrier while the network runs on the remaining paths. This is the practical difference between an own multi-homed AS and a single-uplink setup, where the same event means downtime until someone at the provider answers the phone. Q: How do you handle DDoS attacks? A: Clearly malicious volumetric traffic is filtered at the network edge, and the network is monitored around the clock. For application-level attacks the server side matters most: a firewall, rate limiting and sane caching stop the bulk of what actually arrives, and our engineers help configure all of it. If your project is a likely target, talk to us before ordering: we will suggest an architecture with a protected frontend and backends on the private network, and involve an upstream scrubbing service where it genuinely makes sense. Q: What latency should I expect? A: From Riga, the Baltics are single-digit milliseconds away, the Nordic capitals and Warsaw sit within a few tens of milliseconds, and Western Europe is predictable because our routes ride major carrier backbones. We do not publish a synthetic latency table, because your real numbers depend on your users' networks, not on our marketing. The honest way to know: ask us for a test address to ping from where your users actually are, and measure before you buy. Sales that survive a ping test are the sales we like. Q: Is the network really yours, and how can I check? A: Yes, and you do not have to take our word for it. Open any RIPE database mirror and query AS58269: you will see AS-CLOUDHOSTING under CloudHosting SIA, our IPv4 route objects and the IPv6 /32 allocation. Run a traceroute to a service in our Riga data centre and it ends inside our own address space. This page states only what public records confirm, which is exactly how we would want any provider to talk to us. If anything on this page stops matching the records, tell us and we will fix the page, not the story. ### Dark fiber in Riga: rent your own strand | CloudHosting URL: https://www.cloudhosting.lv/dark-fiber Dark fiber in Riga: point-to-point strands along the routes we serve, DWDM options, OTDR-tested delivery and repair terms in the contract. Get a quote. Key facts: - Provider: CloudHosting SIA, a Latvian IT infrastructure provider operating since 2016 - What you get: A point-to-point dark fiber pair you light with your own optics, or a lit channel on our DWDM equipment with an Ethernet port at each end - Where: The Riga metro area, the city and surrounding districts; coverage is confirmed per address after a route check and a survey of both buildings - Data centre end: Optional termination in our carrier-neutral Tier 3+ data centre at Bērzaunes iela 1, Riga, with cross-connects to the carriers on site - Price: On request: one fixed monthly price per link, set from the route length and the buildings at both ends; prices without VAT - Minimum term: Set per link in the written offer and the contract - Repairs: Repair times are set in the contract; the OTDR report and route documentation from delivery help locate a fault - Support: Monitoring and incident response 24/7; on a dark strand the optics and light levels are yours to watch. Engineers answer on working days 9:00-17:00 Riga time, in English, Latvian and Russian. - Contract: With CloudHosting SIA, an EU company registered in Latvia; invoices in EUR, nothing is charged automatically Q: What is the difference between dark and lit fiber? A: CloudHosting offers both over the same routes in Riga: dark fiber is a raw strand of glass with no active equipment on it, while a lit service runs on our DWDM equipment. With dark fiber you light the strand with your own optics, so protocols, encryption and speeds are entirely your decision, and nothing on the path is shared or inspected. With a lit service we operate the optics and hand you an Ethernet port at each end. Choose dark if your team runs its own network gear and wants full control, choose lit if you want a working channel without maintaining transceivers. The choice is about who manages the equipment, not where the link can go. Q: Where in Riga is your dark fiber available? A: CloudHosting offers dark fiber along the routes we serve in the Riga metro area, meaning the city itself and the surrounding districts. Coverage is always confirmed per address, because the last section into a building matters as much as the main route, which is why no coverage list is published. Send us the two endpoints, ideally with exact street addresses, and we check the route and survey both buildings. Within a few days you get a clear answer on feasibility, followed by a quote with a monthly price and repair terms. One endpoint can also be our data centre in Riga if you want the link to land next to your equipment. Q: What speeds can a dark fiber pair carry? A: CloudHosting rents you the glass, not bandwidth, so a dark fiber pair carries whatever your optics at the two ends can push. When you need more capacity, you replace or add transceivers on your own equipment, and the contract with us stays exactly the same. With DWDM a single pair carries many independent wavelengths at once, each running its own service. There is no per-megabit billing and no shaping on our side, since no equipment of ours sits in the path of a dark strand. Plan your optics budget around the distance between the endpoints, as longer routes need suitable modules. Q: What happens if the fiber is cut? A: CloudHosting sets the repair times for a fiber link in the contract, because cuts are rare but do happen, usually during construction work. The OTDR measurements and route documentation made at delivery help locate a fault quickly. Plan for the impact honestly: on a single route the link is down until the splice is finished, within the agreed repair window. If the connection is critical, order a second, physically separate route from the start, so one dig never takes down both paths at once. Both routes can be planned in the same route check, so their separation is designed in rather than hoped for. Q: How much does dark fiber cost in Riga? A: CloudHosting prices every dark fiber link from its route, as one fixed monthly price, so there is no public price list. The main factors are the length of the path and the buildings at each end, since entries and in-building sections take different amounts of work. The offer states the monthly price together with the repair terms written into the contract, so the recurring cost is known before you decide. To get numbers, send the two endpoints through the contact page or write to support. We survey the route before you sign anything, so you commit only after the path and the price are confirmed. Prices are quoted without VAT. Q: Can the fiber terminate in your data centre? A: CloudHosting can land one end of the link in its Tier 3+ data centre at Bērzaunes iela 1 in Riga, and this is one of the most common setups: the other end stays in your office or another site. Inside the facility your fiber arrives next to your servers, colocated equipment and backups, so traffic between office and infrastructure never crosses the public internet. The data centre is carrier-neutral, so on site you can also order cross-connects to the carriers present in the building, useful when you buy transit or other services from several operators. Tell us during the route check that the data centre is an endpoint and we plan the termination accordingly. Q: Do I need my own equipment for dark fiber? A: CloudHosting provides only the glass of a dark fiber link, so yes: your equipment lights the fiber at both ends, in practice switches or routers with optical modules suited to the length of the route. You choose the protocols and the encryption, and you also take on monitoring the link and replacing modules when they fail. That is a good trade for teams with network engineers who want nothing between their two sites. If nobody on your side wants to deal with optics, order a lit service instead: we run it on our DWDM equipment and you simply get an Ethernet port at each end. Q: What is DWDM and do I need it? A: CloudHosting uses DWDM, dense wavelength division multiplexing, to carry many independent wavelengths over one fiber pair at the same time, each working as a separate channel. It helps in two cases. First, when one route has to carry several logically separated channels, for example for different systems. Second, when capacity must grow step by step without rebuilding the route: a new wavelength is added and the existing channels keep running. If you do not want to maintain such equipment yourself, order a lit channel on our DWDM and we look after the optics. If one link with your own optics is enough, you can do without DWDM. Q: How is a dark fiber link delivered and tested? A: CloudHosting delivers every fiber link in the same three steps: route check, offer and contract, then splicing and an end-to-end OTDR test. First we verify the path and survey both buildings, so the offer is based on a route that actually exists. After you accept, the fiber is spliced along the route and into your premises. The finished link is measured end to end with an OTDR, and you receive the report together with a route plan, showing the quality of every splice and the length of the path. That documentation stays useful later for repairs and for planning your optics. From handover the link is covered by the repair terms in your contract. ### Carrier Ethernet: Private L2 Circuits | CloudHosting URL: https://www.cloudhosting.lv/carrier-ethernet Point-to-point Carrier Ethernet L2 circuits between your sites and our Riga data centre. No public internet, SLA per contract, monitoring. Get a quote. Key facts: - Provider: CloudHosting SIA, a Latvian IT infrastructure provider operating since 2016, with its own network AS58269 - What you get: A point-to-point Layer 2 circuit (MEF-style E-Line) with an Ethernet port at each end; VLAN transparent, no routing on our side, not reachable from the internet - Where: Between your sites, our PoPs and our Tier 3+ data centre in Riga, Latvia; reach and media are confirmed per address in a feasibility check - Bandwidth: From modest branch-office links up to multi-gigabit, depending on the media at both sites; upgrades within port capacity are a configuration change - Price: On request: a monthly price per circuit, set by the two endpoints and the bandwidth; prices without VAT - Minimum term: Set per circuit in the written offer and the contract - Availability and repair: Terms agreed in the contract (SLA per contract); every circuit is monitored with alerting on circuit health - Support: Monitoring and incident response 24/7. Engineers answer on working days 9:00-17:00 Riga time, in English, Latvian and Russian. - Contract: With CloudHosting SIA, an EU company registered in Latvia; invoices in EUR, nothing is charged automatically Q: How is a Carrier Ethernet circuit different from a VPN over the internet? A: CloudHosting's Carrier Ethernet circuit is a private Layer 2 path that never touches the public internet, while a VPN rides the internet and shares the path with everyone else. A VPN therefore inherits whatever congestion, packet loss and jitter that path has on a given day, and encryption adds tunnelling overhead on your routers. On a circuit, latency stays where you measured it, and the contract sets availability and repair terms instead of best effort. A VPN is still fine for occasional remote access or offices where cost matters most; when VoIP, replication or trading traffic needs predictable behaviour every day, a private circuit is the right tool. Q: Can the circuit end in your data centre? A: CloudHosting can end the circuit in its Tier 3+ data centre in Riga, and that is the most common design: a point-to-point link from your office straight to where your servers, backups and cloud resources run. In practice your office network and your hosted equipment behave like one local network, without tunnels and without exposing anything to the public internet. Day-to-day work such as replication and moving large backups also gets simpler, because that traffic stays on the private path. Name your office address in the quote request, and during the feasibility step we confirm reach and media all the way to your site. Q: What bandwidth can I get? A: CloudHosting delivers Carrier Ethernet from modest branch-office links up to multi-gigabit trunks, and the achievable speed depends on the two endpoints. Reach, the media available at each site and the capacity on the route set the ceiling, which is why we run a feasibility check first. Tell us the two sites and the target speed, and we confirm what is actually deliverable before you commit to anything. If you are not sure what speed you need, describe the workload, for example backup windows or replication volume, and we will size the link together with you, so it fits the real need rather than a guess. Q: Do you monitor the circuit? A: CloudHosting monitors every Carrier Ethernet circuit with alerting on circuit health, so a fault shows up on our side without you having to notice it first and call. The SLA terms agreed in your contract define both availability and repair times, so a fault is worked against agreed deadlines rather than whenever convenient. Monitoring covers the circuit itself, the path between your two ports; everything behind the ports, your VLANs, routing and equipment, remains your responsibility. If you see anything odd, write to support and we tell you the current state of the circuit and what is being done about it. Q: What is a point-to-point E-Line circuit? A: CloudHosting's E-Line circuit is the point-to-point service type of the MEF Carrier Ethernet framework: a private Layer 2 Ethernet connection between exactly two sites. You get an Ethernet port at each end, and everything you send into one port comes out of the other, which is why it is often described as one long cable. Because the service works at Layer 2, there is no routing on our side: your VLANs, your IP addressing, your routing protocols and your equipment stay entirely under your control. The limitation is in the name: it connects two sites, so a design with three or more locations needs more than one circuit. Q: How much does a Carrier Ethernet circuit cost? A: CloudHosting quotes each Carrier Ethernet circuit individually as a monthly price, because the two endpoints and the bandwidth drive most of the cost: how far apart the sites are, what media is available at each and how much capacity you want on the route. That is why the process starts with a quote rather than a shop page. Send us your two sites and the target speed, and you receive the circuit design, the monthly price without VAT and the SLA terms in one offer. Requesting a quote does not commit you to anything, so it is also a practical way to compare the offer with your current connectivity. Q: Can I run my own VLANs over the circuit? A: CloudHosting's circuits are VLAN transparent: the tags you send into the port at one site come out unchanged at the other, so your existing segmentation keeps working end to end. You do not renumber anything, you do not register your VLAN plan with us, and you do not coordinate changes: add or remove VLANs on your own schedule and the circuit simply carries them. This matters because office and server networks usually already have a VLAN structure, and a circuit that forced you to rebuild it would cost a lot of time. Your switches and routers at both ends remain yours to configure. Q: Can I upgrade the bandwidth later? A: CloudHosting upgrades bandwidth within the capacity of the delivered ports and the route as a configuration change on our side, not a new construction project: no new cabling, no site visit, no second installation. In practice you write to support, we confirm the new speed and the adjusted monthly price, and the change is applied to the existing circuit. That is why it makes sense to start with the bandwidth you need today instead of overbuying for the future. If a requested speed ever goes beyond what the current media can carry, we tell you during the feasibility check and offer a design that can. Q: Carrier Ethernet or dark fiber: which one do we need? A: CloudHosting offers both between sites in Riga: a Carrier Ethernet circuit gives you a ready Ethernet port at each end with the bandwidth you order, while dark fiber gives you a bare strand that your own optics light. Choose Carrier Ethernet if you want a working Layer 2 link without running optical equipment, with monitoring and repair terms from us. Choose dark fiber if your team has network engineers who want to set their own speeds and encryption and are ready to watch the optics themselves. Both are quoted from the two endpoints, so one request can compare them for your route. ### Managed Site-to-Site VPN: IPsec, WireGuard | CloudHosting URL: https://www.cloudhosting.lv/site-to-site-vpn Managed site-to-site VPN for offices, cloud and data centre. IPsec or WireGuard tunnels, 24/7 monitoring, MikroTik and Fortinet support. Get a quote. Key facts: - Provider: CloudHosting SIA, a Latvian IT infrastructure provider operating since 2016 - What you get: Network design with an addressing and routing plan, IPsec or WireGuard tunnels, failover paths where needed, monitoring with alerting and change support when offices move or grow - Where: Tunnels land in your private network in our Tier 3+ data centre in Riga, Latvia (EU), or in Amsterdam, where our servers and IP addresses sit in a local data centre operator's building; offices can be anywhere with an internet line - Equipment: MikroTik, Fortinet, pfSense and cloud endpoints; routers you already own are reused when that is safe - Price: On request: set by the number of sites and endpoints; design, deployment and monitoring are part of the price, not extra line items; prices without VAT - Minimum term: Set in the written offer - Support: Monitoring and incident response 24/7. Engineers answer on working days 9:00-17:00 Riga time, in English, Latvian and Russian. - Contract: With CloudHosting SIA, an EU company registered in Latvia; invoices in EUR, nothing is charged automatically Q: What is a site-to-site VPN? A: CloudHosting builds site-to-site VPNs that join whole networks, for example two offices or an office and our cloud, into one private network over an encrypted IPsec or WireGuard tunnel. The tunnel runs between the routers or firewalls at each location, so every device behind them reaches the other side securely without a VPN client on every laptop or phone. For day-to-day users nothing changes: file shares, internal tools and printers simply work as if everyone sat in one building. We plan the addressing so the networks do not clash and monitor the links around the clock, so problems are seen early. Q: IPsec or WireGuard: which one do I need? A: CloudHosting picks the protocol per link in a managed setup, based on what each side supports, so in most cases you do not have to decide. WireGuard is faster and simpler, so we prefer it wherever both endpoints allow it, for example between a MikroTik router and our cloud. IPsec remains the right choice when the far end is a corporate firewall that only speaks IPsec, which is still common in larger companies and with partners you do not control. Both are configured with modern settings either way. If you already know a constraint on your side, mention it when requesting a quote and we plan around it. Q: How much does a managed site-to-site VPN cost? A: CloudHosting prices a managed site-to-site VPN by the number of sites and endpoints you want connected, so there is no fixed list price: two offices and a cloud are a smaller job than many sites with failover paths. Network design with an addressing and routing plan, tunnel deployment and 24/7 monitoring are part of the service, not separate line items you discover later. To get a concrete number, send us a short list of your locations, the equipment at each one and which links are critical for you, and we return a quote for that exact setup, without VAT. Q: Can you connect our office to servers in your cloud? A: CloudHosting gets this request more often than any other: an encrypted tunnel from your office router straight into your private network on our VPS or colocation in Riga, so your servers behave like another room in the office. Staff open internal applications, databases and file shares by their private addresses, and those services no longer need to be exposed to the public internet. We plan the addressing together so office and cloud subnets do not overlap, configure routing on both ends and test it with your team. After that, adding another server on the cloud side is just a routing entry, not a new project. Q: Do we need special hardware in the office? A: CloudHosting works with the routers and firewalls most offices already have, such as MikroTik, Fortinet and pfSense, and with cloud endpoints where a site has no physical gear, so usually no new hardware is needed. During design we check what each location runs, its software version and spare capacity, and reuse it whenever that is safe. If the office has nothing suitable, for example only an ISP box that cannot be configured, we recommend an appropriate device and configure it for you. You stay the owner of your equipment; we manage the VPN part of its configuration. Q: What happens if a tunnel drops? A: CloudHosting monitors every tunnel it runs with alerting 24/7, so a drop is noticed by us, not discovered by your users. The first step is diagnosis: a failed ISP line, a rebooted router and a changed configuration on the far side look different and need different fixes. The tunnel is then brought back or, where a backup path exists, traffic fails over to it. For critical sites we design that second path in advance, so a single line failure does not stop your work. A link that keeps flapping gets attention before it turns into an outage, which is the main practical difference from an unmanaged setup. Q: Can remote employees use the same VPN? A: CloudHosting connects remote staff to the same private network as your offices and your servers in our cloud, under one addressing plan and one set of firewall rules. That replaces a separate remote-access product living next to the site tunnels. A person working from home reaches the same internal services as a colleague at a desk in the office, under the same access rules. Administration stays simpler too: when someone leaves, you revoke one access, and when a service moves from the office to the cloud, nobody has to reconfigure their client. Tell us roughly how many remote users you expect and we include them in the design. Q: Where are your servers located? A: CloudHosting keeps your servers in the Tier 3+ data centre it runs itself in Riga, Latvia, on its own network AS58269, so a tunnel that lands there stays on infrastructure we operate end to end. The second region is Amsterdam, the Netherlands, where our servers and IP addresses sit in a building that belongs to a local data centre operator, and a Dubai site is available on request. A tunnel from your office terminates directly in your private network next to your VPS or colocated equipment, whichever region it lives in. If your sites are spread across countries, we account for that in the design, for example by connecting each office to the nearest region. Q: Site-to-site VPN or a private circuit: which do we need? A: CloudHosting offers both: a site-to-site VPN runs encrypted over the internet lines you already have, while a Carrier Ethernet circuit is a private Layer 2 path in Riga that never touches the public internet. A VPN is the practical choice for most companies, because it needs no new cabling, connects offices in any country and costs less. A private circuit makes sense when VoIP, replication or trading traffic needs the same latency every day, with availability and repair terms in the contract. Many networks mix the two, a circuit between the main office and the data centre and VPN tunnels for branches, and we can design that with you. ### Microsoft 365 (Office 365) from 5.60 EUR | CloudHosting URL: https://www.cloudhosting.lv/license-office365 Microsoft 365 (Office 365) licenses from 5.60 EUR per user per month. Local EUR invoice, mail and file migration included, support in 3 languages. Get a quote. Q: How much does Microsoft 365 cost per user? A: Plans start at 5.60 EUR per user per month. That is the entry point; Business Basic, Standard, Premium and the Enterprise E-plans each have their own list price, so the real budget depends on which mix of plans your roles need. Prices in our comparison table are the indicative Microsoft list; a committed price depends on the term and your team size. Billing is monthly by default, on a local invoice in EUR. Tell us how many people you have and what they do, and we prepare an exact quote with the right plan for each role. Q: Is Office 365 the same as Microsoft 365? A: Yes. Microsoft 365 is the current name for the product family that was sold as Office 365; Microsoft renamed the subscriptions, it did not replace them. The Business and Enterprise plans we license from 5.60 EUR per user per month are exactly that family, including Exchange Online mailboxes, Teams and the Office apps. In practice this matters when you compare offers: an old quote for Office 365 and a new one for Microsoft 365 describe the same service, so match them by plan name, Basic, Standard or Premium, not by the brand. If a vendor still says Office 365, nothing is missing. Q: Can we move to Microsoft 365 from Google Workspace or an old mail server? A: Yes. We migrate from Google Workspace, on-premise Exchange, Zimbra and plain IMAP servers, and the move keeps your mail history and calendars. The work follows a tested cutover plan: we first set up your Microsoft 365 tenant with sensible security defaults, then copy the data across, and only then switch mail delivery, so nothing is lost in between. Files move too, into OneDrive and SharePoint. Your team keeps working as usual during the copy phase and only notices the final switch. Migration is included when you take your licenses from us. Write to support with your current server and mailbox count, and we plan the steps together. Q: Do we have to pay for Microsoft 365 yearly? A: No. Monthly billing is the standard, so you pay for the licenses you hold that month and nothing more. A yearly commitment is an option, not a requirement: you fix a lower committed price for the term, but the seat count then stays as agreed until renewal, so it suits a stable team rather than a growing or seasonal one. You can also mix the two: a yearly commitment for the permanent core, monthly licenses for everyone else. If you are not sure which way is cheaper for you, tell us your team size and the plans you need, and we will show both calculations side by side before you decide. Q: Can you mix different Microsoft 365 plans in one company? A: Yes, and it is usually the cheapest correct setup: office staff on Business Standard, frontline workers on Basic, people who handle sensitive data or manage devices on Premium. Someone who only needs the desktop apps can take Apps for Business, and a mailbox-only role can sit on plain Exchange Online. All of these live in one tenant, share the same domain and address book, and appear on one invoice. The trap is guessing roles from job titles, so we go through the actual work people do before assigning plans, and nobody ends up paying for features they never open. Plans can be reassigned later as roles change. Q: What support do you provide after migration? A: We stay your first line of support after the cutover. Day-to-day requests go straight to our engineers: adding a new employee, changing a license, fixing a mail flow issue, answering a security question. Replies come in 3 languages, so your team writes in the language it thinks in. You do not queue in a global ticket system; the people who set up your tenant are the ones who answer, which keeps context and shortens every case. When an issue genuinely needs Microsoft, we escalate it and stay on it until it is resolved. For larger changes we agree the scope with you before any work starts. Q: Can we change the number of users during the year? A: Yes. On monthly billing, licenses follow your headcount: when someone joins, we add a seat and it appears on the next invoice; when someone leaves, we remove it and the cost stops. You do not touch the admin portal yourself, one message to us is enough, and we also handle the practical side of offboarding, for example keeping or handing over a leaver's mailbox and files before the license is freed. The only limit is any part of the team on a yearly committed price, where changes wait for the renewal date. That is why we usually advise keeping the changing part of a team on monthly terms. Q: Why buy Microsoft 365 from a local partner instead of Microsoft directly? A: Three practical reasons. Accounting: you get a Latvian invoice in EUR with VAT handled correctly, which your bookkeeper processes like any other local bill, instead of a foreign card subscription that needs explaining every month. Onboarding: migration of mail and files is done for you as part of the service, so the switch does not turn into an internal IT project. Ongoing help: questions go to engineers who answer in 3 languages and already know your setup. The licenses themselves are the same Microsoft subscriptions you would get directly, and plans start at 5.60 EUR per user per month, so the difference is in the service around them, not in the product. ### Buy Windows Server and SQL Server licences | CloudHosting URL: https://www.cloudhosting.lv/windows-server-licensing Buy Windows Server 2022/2025, RDS CAL and SQL Server licences from a Microsoft partner in Latvia. Perpetual or subscription, EUR invoicing. Get a quote. Q: Do I really need CALs if I already bought Windows Server? A: Yes. The server licence covers the right to run Windows Server on the machine itself, nothing more. Every user or device that connects to it, opens files, prints through it or authenticates against it needs its own CAL. This surprises many buyers because nothing technically blocks connections: the server works without CALs, but the setup is not properly licensed. In a licence audit missing CALs are treated as a violation, and the resulting bill is usually far less pleasant than buying the right count upfront. If you are unsure whether your scenario needs CALs at all, describe it to us and we will tell you honestly before you spend anything. Q: User CALs or Device CALs, which is cheaper? A: It depends on how your people and machines map to each other, and there is no universal answer. A User CAL follows one person across every device they use, so it wins when staff work from a desktop, a laptop and a phone. A Device CAL is tied to one machine that many people share, so it wins for shift work, warehouses or a front desk where several employees use the same PC. Most companies end up with a mix of both types. Count your users, count your devices, and send us the two numbers with a note on who shares what: we will calculate which combination comes out cheaper and quote exactly that. Q: What is an RDS CAL for? A: A Remote Desktop Services CAL is the licence that lets one user or one device open a full desktop session on a shared Windows Server over RDP. It sits on top of the normal Windows Server CAL, so a remote worker typically needs both. The classic case is a terminal server: one machine running your accounting software or another line-of-business application, with the whole team logging in remotely instead of installing the program on every PC. If people only reach file shares or printers, standard CALs are enough and RDS CALs would be wasted money. Describe how your staff actually connect and we will confirm which sessions genuinely need RDS CALs. Q: Perpetual or subscription licences? A: A perpetual licence is a one-time purchase: you pay once, the licence is yours to keep, and you can run that version for as long as it serves you. It usually suits stable setups where the server will do the same job for years. A subscription spreads the cost into smaller regular payments and keeps you on the current version, which suits fast-growing teams, short projects or companies that prefer predictable operating expenses over an upfront investment. Neither is universally better, and mixing both across products is normal. Tell us your budget style and how long the server should live, and we will recommend the option that costs least over that period. Q: Can you license SQL Server too? A: Yes. We sell SQL Server in both Standard and Enterprise editions, and the licensing model matters as much as the edition. Core-based licensing covers the server's processor cores and allows any number of users, which fits public-facing applications or large user counts. The server plus CAL model licenses the server itself and then each user or device separately, which is often cheaper for small internal teams. Picking wrong in either direction means overpaying or failing an audit. Send us what the database serves, roughly how many people or systems connect to it and the hardware it runs on, and we will compare both models and quote the cheaper one. Q: How much does a Windows Server licence cost? A: There is no single price, because the licence is built from your configuration. Three things drive the total: the edition, Standard or Datacenter, the number of physical cores in your server, since Windows Server is licensed per core, and the CALs your users and devices need on top. The same software can therefore cost very different amounts on different hardware. Rather than publish a misleading number, we prepare a personal quote: send us the server model or core count, the number of users and devices and whether you need remote desktop access, and as a Microsoft partner in Latvia we will return a clear, no-obligation quote in euro, with each line explained. Q: Can I buy Windows Server 2022 or 2025 licences in Latvia? A: Yes. As a Microsoft partner we supply current Windows Server versions, including Windows Server 2022 and 2025, in both Standard and Datacenter editions, licensed perpetually by physical cores. You get genuine licences through official channels, with the paperwork a local accountant or auditor expects, and the invoice comes in euro from a Latvian company. The licences work wherever the server lives: on your own hardware in the office, on a machine hosted in our Tier 3+ data center in Riga, or elsewhere. If you are unsure which version or edition your workload needs, we will advise before you order rather than after. Q: Do you sell other Microsoft licences, such as Office LTSC? A: Yes. The catalogue on this page is the core, not the limit. Besides Windows Server, RDS CALs and SQL Server we supply Windows Server User and Device CALs and Office LTSC, the perpetually licensed Office edition often chosen for terminal servers and machines that should not depend on a subscription. Other Microsoft licences are available on request: name the product and we will check availability and price for you. Everything is invoiced in euro from Latvia, and mixed orders come on one invoice, which keeps accounting simple. If you are not sure which Microsoft product actually solves your task, describe the task first and we will suggest the licence second. Q: Is a Windows Server licence included with a CloudHosting VPS or dedicated server? A: No. Server prices on this site never include the Windows licence. A Windows Server image on a VPS installs with the built-in trial, and a dedicated server is handed over with the operating system you chose but without a licence key. From there you have two options: buy the licence, and any CALs you need, from us, and as a Microsoft partner we quote and deliver them in euro together with the server invoice, or activate the server with a key you already own. Either way the server itself costs the same as it does with Linux, and we will tell you before you order which option is cheaper for your setup. ### OpenClaw AI agent server from 9.35 EUR | CloudHosting URL: https://www.cloudhosting.lv/openclaw-ai-assistant Ready OpenClaw AI agent server on Ubuntu 24.04. Add your ChatGPT, Claude or avots.ai key, connect Telegram and hand off real tasks. From 9.35 EUR/mo. Key facts: - Provider: CloudHosting SIA, a Latvian IT infrastructure provider operating since 2016 - What you get: A private single-tenant virtual server with the open-source OpenClaw AI agent pre-installed on Ubuntu 24.04, a control panel and root access - Plans: OpenClaw: 1 vCPU, 2 GB RAM, 20 GB NVMe, 1 TB traffic. OpenClaw Pro: 2 vCPU, 8 GB RAM, 120 GB NVMe, 4 TB traffic, plus a browser for the agent - Price: OpenClaw 11.00 EUR a month, or 9.35 EUR on a 12 month term; OpenClaw Pro 46.00 EUR, or 39.10 EUR on a 12 month term - AI model: Your own key from OpenAI (ChatGPT), Anthropic (Claude) or avots.ai; AI usage is billed by that provider and is not included - How you talk to it: Your own Telegram bot; the agent answers only its owner, and shell and browser tools are reserved for the owner - Location: Riga, Latvia (RIX1), in a Tier 3+ data centre we run ourselves; EU jurisdiction - Support: Monitoring and incident response 24/7. Engineers answer on working days 9:00-17:00 Riga time, in English, Latvian and Russian. - Contract: With CloudHosting SIA, invoiced in EUR; pay for 1, 3, 6 or 12 months, nothing is charged automatically Q: What is OpenClaw and what does the AI agent actually do? A: CloudHosting rents OpenClaw as a ready server with a personal AI agent pre-installed on Ubuntu 24.04, from 9.35 EUR a month on annual billing. Instead of a chatbot that only talks, you get an assistant that acts: you message it in Telegram and it answers questions, sorts files, pulls together reports and runs routine tasks on a schedule, then reports back in the same chat. Because the agent lives on a server rather than in an app on your phone, it keeps working in the background while your files and history stay on your own machine. There is nothing to install or configure from scratch. Q: I have never used an AI agent. Is this for me? A: CloudHosting set up OpenClaw so that people without technical skills can use an AI agent: the whole interface is a Telegram chat. You write to the agent in plain language, like you would write to a person, and it answers in the same chat. After ordering, the control panel guides you through two steps, adding your AI key and connecting your Telegram bot, with no command line and no coding. The one thing you need is an AI key from OpenAI, Anthropic or avots.ai. If you get stuck, write to support: engineers answer on working days from 9:00 to 17:00 Riga time and will walk you through it. Q: What is the AI key for, and do you provide it? A: CloudHosting does not provide or resell AI keys: OpenClaw runs your files, tasks and Telegram chat on your server, while the model that does the thinking runs at OpenAI (ChatGPT), Anthropic (Claude) or avots.ai under a key you get from them. That split is deliberate. With your own key you choose the model, see exactly what AI usage costs and pay the provider directly, with no markup hidden in our price. You paste the key into the panel once and can swap it or change the model later. If you are unsure which provider to start with, write to support and we will help you choose. Q: How much does an OpenClaw AI agent server cost? A: CloudHosting sells OpenClaw in two sizes: OpenClaw at 11.00 EUR a month with 1 vCPU, 2 GB RAM, 20 GB NVMe and 1 TB of traffic, and OpenClaw Pro at 46.00 EUR a month with 2 vCPU, 8 GB RAM, 120 GB NVMe and 4 TB of traffic. Paying for 3, 6 or 12 months saves 5, 10 or 15%, so the plans come to 9.35 and 39.10 EUR a month on a 12-month term. Prices exclude VAT; Latvian VAT of 21% is added where it applies. The server price covers the pre-installed agent, the control panel, the private machine and updates; your AI key is billed separately by its provider. Q: What is the difference between OpenClaw and OpenClaw Pro? A: CloudHosting ships the same OpenClaw software on both plans; the difference is the machine underneath and one feature. The base plan has 1 vCPU, 2 GB RAM and 20 GB NVMe, while Pro has 2 vCPU, 8 GB RAM and 120 GB NVMe, and only Pro includes a browser the agent can use, because Chromium needs memory a 2 GB machine does not have to spare. In practice the disk matters most, since the agent keeps your files and chat history on the server, and documents add up over time. A sensible path is to start on the base plan and move to Pro when you feel the limits. Q: Where is my OpenClaw server hosted? A: CloudHosting hosts every OpenClaw server in Riga, Latvia, in the Tier 3+ data centre we run ourselves, on our own network, AS58269, so the hardware and the connection are in our hands end to end. Riga is the only location for this product, which is why the order form has no location choice. Your files and chat history therefore stay on a private single-tenant server under EU jurisdiction and GDPR rather than in a large shared cloud. The AI model itself runs at the provider whose key you add, so check that provider's own terms for what it does with the prompts it receives. Q: Is it safe if the agent runs commands? A: CloudHosting runs each OpenClaw on its own private single-tenant virtual server, so whatever the agent does happens inside a machine that belongs only to you, isolated from other customers. Only you can talk to it: the agent answers your own Telegram bot and account, and tools such as shell commands and the browser are reserved for the owner. On our side we keep the platform updated and back the server up daily, so if the agent, or you, makes a mess, it can be restored to a working state. The honest caveat: the agent acts on your server and your data, so give it clear instructions and only the access it needs. Q: Can technical users set it up themselves? A: CloudHosting publishes the OpenClaw server setup as open source at github.com/cloudhostinglv/openclaw-vm, so nothing is locked away. You can read the code, take a plain VPS, install the agent yourself and tune every setting: the model, the behaviour and the way it handles files and tasks. The ready-made product is for everyone who does not want that work: ordering it gets you the same software pre-installed on Ubuntu 24.04 with a control panel on top. With a self-install you also take on updates and backups yourself, while on our servers we handle both. Either way, support will answer your questions. Q: Can the agent use a browser? A: CloudHosting includes a browser for the agent on OpenClaw Pro: that plan runs a build with a real Chromium on the same machine, so the agent can open a page, sign in with credentials you give it, click through a portal, fill in a form and report what it found. It is the difference between an assistant that talks about a website and one that actually uses it. Typical jobs are pulling numbers from a supplier portal with no API, checking an order status or collecting the same report every morning. The base plan has no browser, because Chromium needs more memory than a 2 GB machine can spare. Q: Where does the browser run, and can someone else make it browse? A: On CloudHosting OpenClaw Pro the browser runs inside your own virtual machine in Riga, on your server's own IP address, and nothing is proxied through a third-party browser cloud. Pages, the logins you hand over, cookies and results all stay on the server you rent, inside one EU jurisdiction and one contract. The browser is reserved for the owner exactly like shell access, so another person who reaches your bot cannot make the agent browse. That also limits a subtler risk: a web page can hide text written to trick an AI agent, and an owner-only browser narrows who can steer it there. Give the agent only credentials you are comfortable sharing. Q: Can the agent connect to other tools? A: CloudHosting's OpenClaw control panel can connect MCP add-ons: the Model Context Protocol is a standard way to give an AI agent extra tools, such as access to a service you already use, and each add-on is connected with its own access key. Only services you add are connected, and each key stays in the configuration on your own server. That lets the agent work with systems beyond files and Telegram without anyone writing code. If a tool you need has an MCP server, add it in the panel; if you are unsure whether it will work, ask support before relying on it for anything important. ### Buy servers and network hardware in Latvia | CloudHosting URL: https://www.cloudhosting.lv/server-sale Buy servers, switches, firewalls and workstations in Latvia: Dell, HPE, Lenovo, MikroTik, Fortinet. Delivery, setup and warranty handled by us. Get a quote. Q: Should I buy a server or rent one? A: Buy when the server will stay in service for several years, you need specific hardware and you want the machine to be your own property. You pay once, get the manufacturer warranty and can keep the server in your office or colocate it in our data centre in Riga from 40 EUR a month, with electricity billed by meter on top. Rent when you would rather avoid a large one-off expense and the care of the hardware: our dedicated servers start at 130.05 EUR a month without VAT on a 12 month commitment with no setup fee, and a failed disk or power supply is ours to replace. Not sure? Describe the workload and the planned term, and we will put both options side by side in one quote. Q: Do you sell servers to small companies too? A: Yes. We supply companies of any size in Latvia, from a single business PC or laptop to a full server rack, and the advice is equally careful either way. Small orders are normal for us: you can buy one workstation, a switch or a NAS without any special conditions. For a small company the consultation often matters most, because there is usually no in-house IT team to compare models, so we recommend a configuration that fits the real workload and budget, not the most expensive one. Describe what you need and why, and you will get a clear quote with concrete models. Q: Is the hardware new and warranted? A: Yes. Everything we sell is new, genuine hardware ordered through official channels, so the manufacturer warranty is real and registered to your equipment. That matters later: when a disk or power supply fails, warranty claims and spare parts go through us and the manufacturer, not through a grey-market seller who has since disappeared. You receive a proper invoice in euro made out to your company, which your accountant can book without questions. Warranty length and level depend on the manufacturer and the option you choose, so tell us how critical the machine is and we will quote the cover to match. Q: Can you set it up, not just deliver it? A: Yes, installation is part of the offer, not just a box left at your door. We deliver the hardware to your address, mount servers in the rack, cable everything, connect the network gear and configure it, and prepare workstations so people can simply sit down and work. That removes the usual gap where boxes wait in a corridor until someone has time to unpack them. If you already have an IT person, we agree on the split: we can stop at delivery, do the physical installation only, or hand over a fully configured setup. Mention installation when you request the quote and we will include it. Q: Which server and network brands do you recommend? A: It depends on the job, which is why we ask about the workload first. For servers, Dell, HPE and Lenovo are the mainstream choice for reliability, while Supermicro gives the most performance per euro. In networking, MikroTik covers powerful routing on a budget, Ubiquiti UniFi suits office Wi-Fi and switching you can manage yourself, and Cisco or Juniper fit where enterprise grade is a hard requirement. Fortinet FortiGate guards the network edge, Synology or QNAP handle on-site storage and backups, and APC UPS units protect power. We recommend the cheapest option that genuinely does the job, not the biggest logo. Q: Can you also host or colocate what we buy? A: Yes. If you would rather not run a server room in your office, we can colocate the hardware you buy in the Tier 3+ data centre we run ourselves in Riga, on our own network AS58269. A second location in Amsterdam in the Netherlands is also available, and Dubai (DXB1) on request. You keep full ownership of the machine while we provide the rack space, power and connectivity. If you would rather not buy hardware at all, a managed dedicated server from us is the alternative. A common setup combines both: production systems in the data centre and a NAS for backups at the office. Tell us your plan and we will quote both routes. Q: How much does a business server cost? A: There is no single honest number, because the price is driven by the CPU, the amount of RAM, the disks and the warranty level you choose. An entry tower server for files and backups costs far less than a fully loaded rack machine built for virtualisation and databases. Doubling memory or moving to faster disks can change the total noticeably, so a price list without context would mislead you. That is why we start from the workload: describe what the server must run, how many users it serves and the budget frame, and you get a quote with concrete Dell, HPE, Lenovo or Supermicro configurations priced in euro. Q: Do you sell refurbished or used servers? A: Our focus is new hardware from official channels, and the reason is practical rather than principled. A used server has an unknown history, its warranty is usually short or gone, and spare parts for an old generation get harder to find each year. A new machine comes with full manufacturer warranty and a clear supply of parts, so the total cost over its life is often lower than a cheap used box that fails at the wrong moment. If the budget is tight, we would rather size a smaller new Dell, HPE, Lenovo or Supermicro configuration that you can extend with memory and disks later. Q: Where can I buy MikroTik or Ubiquiti gear in Latvia? A: Right here. We supply MikroTik, Ubiquiti, Cisco and Fortinet routers, switches, firewalls, access points and Wi-Fi equipment across Latvia. Unlike ordering from a random web shop, you get the whole chain from one team: help picking the exact model, delivery to your address, configuration on site and warranty handling afterwards. That matters with network gear, where the wrong model or a default config causes most of the problems. It works for a single office as well as for several sites that need one coherent network. Send us the list of what you need, or just the problem, and we will quote it. ### Network equipment: MikroTik, Ubiquiti, Cisco | CloudHosting URL: https://www.cloudhosting.lv/network-equipment Network equipment in Latvia: MikroTik, Ubiquiti and Cisco switches, Wi-Fi and routers with design, on-site setup and warranty. Get a quote. Q: Can you design the network, or only sell the hardware? A: We do both, and design is where we prefer to start. Before quoting anything we look at your building layout, user count and budget, then plan the switching, Wi-Fi coverage and routing to match. Only after that do we supply and configure the exact gear, so you do not overpay for oversized equipment and never run short of ports or PoE power. Designing first also catches practical problems early, such as cable routes, rack placement and weak Wi-Fi spots, while they are still cheap to fix on paper. If you already have a design, that is fine too: we can simply supply the hardware and configure it to your plan. Q: Which brand is best for an office network? A: There is no single best brand, which is why we ask about your size and budget first. MikroTik gives you powerful routing, VLANs and firewalling at a low price and suits teams that want full control. Ubiquiti UniFi is the comfortable choice for tidy office Wi-Fi, switching and cameras you can manage yourself in one dashboard. Cisco, Juniper, HPE Aruba and Fortinet fit when enterprise reliability and licensing requirements matter more than price. Mixing brands is also normal, for example a MikroTik router in front of UniFi Wi-Fi. Tell us how many users and rooms you have, and we will recommend honestly, including the cheaper option when it is enough. Q: Do you install and configure on site? A: Yes, and the work is done by the same team that designed and supplied the gear. We deliver to your address anywhere in Latvia, mount the equipment in the rack, run the cabling and configure switches, access points, routers and firewalls in place. That includes VLANs, Wi-Fi tuned to your rooms and users, and links between your sites. Before we leave we make sure real devices work on the network, wired and wireless, so it runs from day one rather than after weeks of tweaking. Afterwards the same people remain your contact for warranty, changes and expansion, which keeps small adjustments simple. Q: Is the hardware new and covered by warranty? A: Yes. Everything we sell is new, genuine hardware sourced through the official distribution channels of each manufacturer, so the serial numbers are traceable and the full manufacturer warranty applies. This matters more than it sounds: gear bought from random marketplaces or grey imports can arrive with no valid warranty in the EU, and you only find out when a unit dies. If something fails under warranty, you deal with us, not with a foreign seller, and we handle the replacement process. You receive a proper invoice in euro made out to your company, which keeps accounting and asset records clean. Q: Can you connect several offices into one network? A: Yes, this is one of the most common projects we do. We build a proper LAN in each location and then join them, either with an encrypted site-to-site VPN over the internet connections each office already has, or with carrier Ethernet where a dedicated link is justified. The result is one secure network: staff in every office reach the same file server, printers and internal systems as if they sat in the same building. It does not have to happen all at once, sites can be connected one by one as they are ready. The main practical requirement is a stable internet connection at each location, which we check during the design stage. Q: Where can I buy MikroTik or Ubiquiti equipment in Latvia? A: You can buy it from us. CloudHosting supplies MikroTik, Ubiquiti, Cisco, Juniper, HPE Aruba and Fortinet hardware to companies anywhere in Latvia. There are two ways to order: if you already know the exact models, send us the list and we will quote it; if you only know the problem you want solved, describe the site and we will propose the right models for it. We are a Latvian company running our own data center and network in Riga, so network hardware is part of our daily work, not just lines on a price list. Request a quote through the form and you will get an offer with delivery terms. Q: Do I need PoE switches for cameras and access points? A: Usually yes, and for ceiling-mounted devices it is hard to justify anything else. A PoE switch sends power over the same network cable that carries data, so IP cameras, phones and Wi-Fi access points can be placed where coverage is best instead of where a power outlet happens to be. There is also a practical bonus: put the switch on a UPS and all powered devices stay up through a short power cut. The honest caveat is that the PoE budget matters as much as the port count, because every powered device draws from a shared total. Send us your device list and we will size both correctly, or suggest simpler options when only a few devices need power. Q: How much does an office network cost? A: There is no flat answer, because the price is driven by the floor area, the number of users and the brand level you choose. A few things people often underestimate: cabling work can be a noticeable part of the total, and the number of Wi-Fi access points depends on walls and layout, not just square meters. That is why we design the network for your building first and only then quote the exact hardware, so you see what each part costs. MikroTik and Ubiquiti keep the budget modest, Cisco and Fortinet cost more and are chosen for enterprise reliability. The quote does not commit you to anything, and the work can be split into stages if needed. ### Fortinet & FortiGate Licenses in Latvia | CloudHosting URL: https://www.cloudhosting.lv/license-fortinet FortiGate, FortiAnalyzer and FortiManager licenses from an authorized Fortinet partner in Latvia. Right sizing, EUR invoices, renewal tracking. Get a quote. Q: Can you renew Fortinet licenses we bought elsewhere? A: Yes. Send us the serial numbers of your devices and we prepare renewal quotes, usually beating the previous pricing. You do not have to change hardware or reconfigure anything: a renewal simply extends the subscriptions on the FortiGates you already own, and your policies and settings stay untouched. It also does not matter who sold the original licenses. Once the renewal is done, we record your expiry dates and track them for you, so protection never lapses because someone forgot a date. If you are not sure which serials are relevant, write to support and we will help you collect the list. Q: Which FortiGuard bundle do we need? A: It depends on what the firewall must actually do. Basic threat protection covers the essentials, web filtering controls what users can open, sandboxing inspects suspicious files, and SD-WAN features matter if you run multiple links or sites. Instead of starting from a catalog page, we start from your side: which of these features you really use today and which you realistically plan to switch on. Then we map that list to the cheapest bundle that covers it, so you never pay for services nobody has enabled. If your needs change later, the bundle can be revisited at the next renewal, which is often the cheapest moment to adjust. Q: Do you sell FortiGate hardware too? A: Yes. We supply FortiGate appliances together with the subscriptions they need, so the hardware and its security services arrive as one order instead of two separate purchases you have to reconcile. For cloud deployments we license virtual FortiGates, which makes sense when there is no physical site to put a box in. Everything is billed on one EUR invoice from a Latvian company, which keeps accounting simple. Before anything is ordered we go through the sizing step, checking throughput, users and features, so the appliance you buy matches your real traffic rather than a guess. If you want, the same engineers can afterwards deploy what was delivered. Q: Can you also run the firewall for us? A: Yes, that is our managed Fortinet firewall service. It covers the full lifecycle: initial deployment, ongoing policy management when your rules need to change, regular updates and continuous monitoring. The work is done by the same engineers who sized your licenses, so nobody has to re-learn your environment from scratch when something needs attention. This suits teams that have no dedicated firewall specialist, or that simply do not want to spend internal time on rule changes and maintenance. You keep full visibility of what runs on your firewall, and nothing stops you from taking administration back in-house later. Write to support describing your setup and we will outline what managing it would involve. Q: How much does a Fortinet license cost? A: There is no flat list price, because the cost depends on which FortiGate model you run and which subscription bundle and term you choose. The same firewall can be cheap or expensive depending on the services attached to it, which is why quoting from a generic table would mislead you. To get a real number, send us your device list if you already own hardware, or your target sizing, meaning expected throughput, number of users and required features, if you are starting fresh. You then receive a clear quote that states the license terms and the renewal dates, so you can compare offers and budget for the following years without surprises. Q: What happens when a FortiGuard subscription expires? A: The firewall itself keeps working, but the security services attached to it stop receiving updates. Threat signatures freeze at the last downloaded version, web filtering categories go stale, and every new threat that appears after the expiry date passes unrecognized. In practice the protection quietly degrades day by day, which is more dangerous than an outright failure because nothing visibly breaks. That is why renewal tracking is part of our service: we record your expiry dates, warn you well before a subscription runs out and prepare the renewal quote in advance, so the decision is made calmly rather than after a lapse has already opened a gap. Q: Are you an authorized Fortinet partner? A: Yes. CloudHosting is an authorized Fortinet partner based in Latvia, invoicing in EUR. For you that means the licenses come through the official channel and are registered to your own Fortinet account, so support and renewals work exactly as the vendor intends. It also means the paperwork is local: a Latvian company on the invoice instead of a foreign intermediary. What makes us different from a pure reseller is that the same team also deploys, migrates and manages FortiGates every day, so when we recommend a model or a bundle, the advice comes from operating this equipment in practice, not from reading a price list. Q: Do we need FortiAnalyzer or FortiManager? A: They solve two different problems, and many customers need neither. FortiAnalyzer adds centralized logging and reporting: it collects what your FortiGates see, keeps the history and turns it into reports, which becomes valuable when you face audits, compliance requirements or need to reconstruct an incident after the fact. FortiManager is about administration: it pays off once you run several FortiGate devices and want to push policies and changes from one console instead of logging into each unit. If a single small FortiGate covers your needs, we will honestly tell you to skip both and spend nothing extra. The sizing step is where we look at this together. ### Zimbra Pricing from 14.80 EUR/Mailbox a Year | CloudHosting URL: https://www.cloudhosting.lv/license-zimbra Zimbra pricing: Standard 14.80 EUR per mailbox a year, Professional 30.23 EUR, in packs from 50. Or all inclusive with EU hosting and migration by quote. Q: Why choose Zimbra instead of Microsoft 365? A: The short answer is control and cost. With Zimbra you decide where your mail lives: on our infrastructure in the EU, in our Riga data centre, or on your own hardware, so the jurisdiction is your choice rather than a vendor's. Your messages are not scanned for advertising or profiling, and one contract covers the licence, hosting and administration. Users keep familiar tools, including Outlook and any IMAP client. That said, if your company is built entirely around the Microsoft ecosystem, Microsoft 365 can be the more natural fit, and we sell that too, so ask us which one suits your setup. Q: How much does Zimbra cost in total? A: Zimbra is priced per company rather than from a single price tag, because the total depends on the user count, the country where your company is registered, the edition you pick and how much integration work is needed. The all-inclusive service bundles the licences, hosting on our EU infrastructure, administration, backups and monitoring into one per-user agreement. If you only need licences and will run the platform yourselves, the per-mailbox list prices for Latvia and the Baltics are 14.80 EUR a year for Standard, 30.23 EUR for Professional, or a perpetual licence from 34.50 EUR, supplied in volume packs from 50 mailboxes. Send us your country and user count and we will reply with an exact quote. Q: Why are licences sold in packs of 50? A: That is how the publisher distributes Zimbra Network Edition to partners: licence keys come in volume packs, and 50 mailboxes is the smallest pack we can order for a customer. In practice this sets the scale of the product: Zimbra makes sense for companies from around 50 mailboxes, whether you take licences alone or the full service with hosting and administration. For a smaller team the economics rarely add up, and we will honestly suggest our Exchange Online mailboxes instead, which we sell one by one. The per-mailbox price inside a pack is exactly the list price shown on this page. Q: Do these prices apply outside Latvia? A: The prices on this page are valid for Latvia and the Baltics. Zimbra licence list prices differ from country to country, because the publisher sets regional pricing, so the licence part of the bill can be higher or lower depending on where your company is registered. The hosting and administration part of our all-inclusive service does not depend on your location: the servers are in our Riga data centre either way, and we invoice in EUR from an EU company. Write to us with your country and the number of users, and we will reply with an exact offer for your case. Q: What is Zimbra Collaboration? A: Zimbra Collaboration is a complete email and teamwork suite rather than just a mailbox. In one web client that works on any device you get mail, shared calendars, contacts, tasks and chat, plus Briefcase, Docs and Drive for working with files. Sharing, delegation and a global address list cover the everyday needs of a company directory, and open protocols such as IMAP, POP, CalDAV and CardDAV mean almost any desktop or mobile client can connect. It comes in two editions, Standard and Professional, which differ mainly in Outlook and mobile support. You can run it on our EU infrastructure in Riga or install it on your own servers. Q: Can Zimbra run on our own servers? A: Yes, on-premise is a fully supported scenario, not an afterthought. We supply the licences, then install and configure Zimbra on your hardware or in your private cloud, delivering the same feature set you would get in our hosted setup. After handover you can run it entirely with your own IT team, and we stay available with admin support when they need a second pair of hands. If you want more, a support contract lets us keep maintaining the installation, applying updates and helping with day-to-day administration. One honest caveat: on your servers, backups and monitoring are your responsibility unless we agree to cover them within that contract. Q: Can we keep using Outlook with Zimbra? A: Yes, and this is exactly where the choice of edition matters. Outlook for Windows connects through the MAPI connector, which is part of the Professional edition, so users keep their folders, calendars and contacts inside the client they already know. Outlook for Mac works over EWS and is available on request. Mobile devices sync mail, calendars and contacts over ActiveSync, again a Professional feature. With the Standard edition, Outlook can still connect over IMAP, which covers mail but not full calendar sync. And every user always has the full web client as an alternative, so nothing forces the whole company onto one way of reading mail. Q: How does migration work without losing mail? A: The key is that the old system keeps working while we prepare the new one. First we copy historical mail, calendars and contacts from Exchange, Microsoft 365, Google or any IMAP server into Zimbra, which can take hours or days depending on volume, without users noticing anything. We then agree a cutover window, usually outside business hours, switch the MX records so new mail flows to Zimbra, and sync the remaining delta that arrived during the switch. Because DNS changes last, no message is lost in between, and a mailbox is unavailable for minutes at most. You will need access to your DNS zone, and we guide that step. Q: Where is our mail data stored? A: You decide, and that choice is the whole point of the product. Hosted with us, your mailboxes live in our own Tier 3+ data centre in Riga, inside the EU, connected through our own network, AS58269, so data does not silently move between jurisdictions. This setup includes backups and monitoring as part of the service, and our team runs the underlying servers. Alternatively, the same Zimbra installation can run on your own hardware in your own premises, in which case the data never leaves your building at all. If regulators, auditors or clients ask where the mail physically sits, you can give them a specific answer either way. Q: Does Zimbra include spam and virus filtering? A: Yes. Spam and antivirus filtering is configured during the initial setup, not left as homework, so the server starts life with sensible protection rather than factory defaults. The platform also supports two-factor authentication for accounts and S/MIME signing and encryption for mail itself. Filtering is never a one-time job though: rules need occasional tuning as spam patterns change, and when Zimbra is hosted with us that tuning, along with backups, monitoring and updates, is handled by our team in the background. Good deliverability also depends on your DNS, so set up SPF, DKIM and DMARC records; our guides cover this, and support can check your configuration. ### Microsoft Exchange Online email from 4.20 EUR | CloudHosting URL: https://www.cloudhosting.lv/exchange-online Microsoft Exchange Online mailboxes on your own domain, in Outlook: 50 GB per user, shared calendar, migration and a local EUR invoice. From 4.20 EUR a month. Q: Is this the same as a full Microsoft 365 plan? A: No. Exchange Online is only the email part: mailboxes, shared calendar and contacts, without the Office apps or Teams. That matters because many companies pay for a full plan and then use nothing but email, so a mail-only subscription keeps the monthly cost per user lower. You still get Microsoft data centres and reliability behind the mailbox, so nothing is lost on that side. If your team also needs Word, Excel or Teams, a Microsoft 365 Business plan is the better fit, and Business Standard is essentially Exchange email plus the desktop Office apps. Tell us how you actually work day to day and we help you pick the right variant before you commit. Q: Can we use our own domain? A: Yes, that is the whole point of the service. Your mail runs on name@yourcompany instead of a generic address, which looks right to clients and keeps addresses consistent across the team. We handle the technical side for you: we point the domain, create the MX record that routes incoming mail and add the DNS entries that correct delivery depends on. You keep ownership of the domain itself, and nothing changes at your registrar apart from the records we add. If the domain already carries a website, the site keeps working as before, only the mail flow changes. When you order, just name the domain and we take care of the rest, then verify that messages actually arrive. Q: Does it work in Outlook? A: Yes, Outlook is the natural home for an Exchange Online mailbox. It works in Outlook on desktop, in the web version in any browser, and in the Outlook app on the phone, so your team keeps the interface it already knows. The shared calendar, contacts and company address book appear automatically once the account is added. If someone prefers a different program, any standard mail app can connect as well, though calendar sharing works best in Outlook itself. There is no special client to install from us and no unusual settings to remember. During setup we help each user connect their devices, and later questions go to our support first. Q: How big is each mailbox? A: Each user gets a 50 GB mailbox, which in practice holds many years of business correspondence with attachments. The quota is per user, so one colleague with a heavy archive does not affect anyone else. Mail lives on the server side, and Outlook on each device keeps a synced copy, so the same 50 GB is available on desktop, web and phone. Alongside personal mail every user sees the shared calendar, shared contacts and the company address book. If your team keeps large archives or has formal retention requirements, look at Exchange Online Plus, which raises the mailbox to 100 GB and adds an unlimited archive mailbox. Tell support how much your heaviest users store and we advise which level fits. Q: Can you move our existing mail? A: Yes, migration is included in the service rather than sold as an extra. We move mailboxes, calendars and contacts from your old server or provider, including Google Workspace, on-premise Exchange, Zimbra and plain IMAP accounts. The usual approach is to copy historical mail first while your current system keeps working, then agree a cutover moment, switch the MX records and check that new messages land in the new mailboxes. Folder structure and read status are preserved where the source system exposes them, and nothing is deleted on the old side until you confirm everything is in place, so no mail is lost. Write to support with your current provider and the number of mailboxes and we outline the plan. Q: How much does it cost? A: Pricing starts from 4.20 EUR per user per month and follows the indicative Microsoft list price. Billing is monthly, in euro, with a local Latvian invoice, so your accountant gets a normal document instead of a foreign card charge that has to be explained. There is no separate fee for the setup work described on this page: domain and DNS configuration and the migration of old mail are included. The final figure depends on how many mailboxes you need and whether some users need Exchange Online Plus with the larger 100 GB mailbox. Write to support with the number of users and we reply with an exact quote. Our support team answers in 3 languages. ### About Us: Latvian Hosting Company Since 2016 | CloudHosting URL: https://www.cloudhosting.lv/about CloudHosting is a Latvian IT infrastructure provider since 2016: a Tier 3+ data centre in Riga we run ourselves, own network AS58269 and clients worldwide. Key facts: - Company: CloudHosting SIA (brand CloudHosting), a Latvian IT infrastructure provider - Registration: Latvian Register of Enterprises, registration no. 40103966259, registered on 3 February 2016; VAT number LV40103966259 - Address: Bērzaunes iela 1, Riga, LV-1039, Latvia (EU): our office and our data centre - Data centre: A carrier-neutral Tier 3+ data centre in Riga that we run ourselves: N+1 power and cooling, a guarded site, visitors are not admitted to the data halls - Network: Own autonomous system AS58269 with our own IP address space and redundant uplinks - Regions: Riga, Latvia (RIX1); Amsterdam, Netherlands (NL1) as a second region; Dubai (DXB1) on request - Services: Web hosting, VPS, dedicated servers, server colocation, domains and SSL certificates, company IT infrastructure, IT support and cybersecurity - Partner status: Fortinet authorised partner and Microsoft partner - Support: Monitoring and incident response 24/7. Engineers answer on working days 9:00-17:00 Riga time, in English, Latvian and Russian. Q: What is CloudHosting SIA? A: CloudHosting SIA is a Latvian IT infrastructure provider, registered in the Latvian Register of Enterprises on 3 February 2016 under number 40103966259, with its office and data centre at Bērzaunes iela 1 in Riga. The company runs that data centre and its own network, AS58269, itself and sells what runs on them: web hosting, VPS, dedicated servers, server colocation, domains, SSL certificates and company IT infrastructure with support. Clients are companies and developers all over the world, from a single VPS to full racks. Contracts are with CloudHosting SIA under Latvian law and invoices are in EUR, so both the provider and the data stay inside the EU. Q: When was CloudHosting founded? A: CloudHosting SIA was registered in Riga on 3 February 2016 and has provided hosting under the same name and in the same city ever since, ten years this year. It started small, with domain registration, shared hosting and a few virtual servers for local businesses. Instead of renting capacity from larger providers, the company invested step by step in its own hardware, its own network and finally a data centre it runs itself. For you that history is a practical signal: when you pick a long-term home for a website or a server, a provider that has worked continuously for a decade is a safer bet than a new name. Q: Does CloudHosting really run its own data centre? A: Yes: CloudHosting runs the Tier 3+ data centre at Bērzaunes iela 1 in Riga itself and rents no racks from another operator. Our own team buys, racks and maintains the hardware. Power and cooling are built N+1, with UPS and a diesel generator behind the power, so at least one spare unit is always ready to take over when a component fails or is serviced. The site is carrier-neutral, and our network, AS58269, reaches it over redundant uplinks, so a problem at one carrier does not cut your server off. Tier 3+ describes the engineering design; it is not a certificate, and we do not present it as one. Q: How is the data centre protected, and can I visit it? A: The CloudHosting data centre in Riga is guarded, and we do not admit visitors to it: only a limited number of our own specialists have access. Colocation clients bring their equipment to our office at the same address, Bērzaunes iela 1, hand it over, and our engineers install and connect it in the rack. The same engineers act as your hands on site afterwards, so you never need to go in yourself. Redundancy is part of the design: N+1 power with UPS and a diesel generator, N+1 cooling and two uplinks. We do not publish further detail about physical security, because a data centre is safer when fewer people know how it is protected. Q: Where can my servers be located? A: CloudHosting has two live regions: Riga, Latvia (RIX1), in the data centre we run ourselves, and Amsterdam, the Netherlands (NL1), where the servers and IP addresses are ours and the building belongs to another operator. Dubai (DXB1) is available on request. Place the server close to your audience: Riga suits users in Latvia, the Baltics and the Nordics, Amsterdam suits Western Europe and the UK. Both regions are inside the EU, so your data stays under EU jurisdiction and GDPR either way. Plans, prices and the client panel are the same in both regions, and support can move a server from one to the other later. Q: Who answers when I contact support? A: CloudHosting support is run by the engineers who operate the infrastructure: monitoring and incident response work 24/7, and engineers answer on working days from 9:00 to 17:00 Riga time, in English, Latvian and Russian. There is no outsourced first line and nobody reads from a script, so the person who picks up your ticket can reach your server, read the logs and fix the cause. Outside working hours the systems keep watching, and anything that takes the infrastructure down is handled as an incident. To get an answer faster, say what changed, when the problem started and what you have already tried. Q: What services does CloudHosting offer? A: CloudHosting covers the whole stack from one provider: web and WordPress hosting, VPS from 9.35 EUR a month on a 12-month term, dedicated servers, server colocation from 40 EUR per 1U a month plus electricity, domains, SSL certificates, and company IT infrastructure with IT support, cybersecurity and NIS2 work. Hosting and servers run on our own hardware with a 99.9% availability target. One provider for servers, domains and certificates has a practical benefit: when something breaks, one support team sees the whole picture instead of several vendors pointing at each other. If you are unsure where to start, describe the project and we will suggest a fit. Q: Does CloudHosting offer an uptime SLA? A: CloudHosting publishes 99.9% availability as a target on every service, not as a contractual guarantee, and the terms of service say so plainly. For business contracts, a binding SLA with availability and response commitments is agreed per offer: tell us what downtime costs your project, and the commitment is put in writing before you order. The engineering behind the target is the same for every client: N+1 power and cooling in the Riga data centre we run ourselves, our own network with redundant uplinks, and monitoring and incident response 24/7. If an incident affects your service, you hear about it from us. Q: Who hosts with CloudHosting? A: CloudHosting serves companies and developers all over the world, from a single VPS to full racks: online stores, software and SaaS firms, manufacturers, clinics and service companies. We do not publish a client list: most clients prefer to stay unnamed, and we name nobody without consent. The client stories on our site are typical examples, not named projects. Everyone runs on the same infrastructure and is served by the same engineers, with no second-class tier for smaller accounts. Many customers came on the recommendation of existing clients and stayed, which is the way we prefer to grow. Q: Is CloudHosting a Fortinet or Microsoft partner? A: CloudHosting SIA is a Fortinet authorised partner with the right to sell, and a Microsoft partner. We supply FortiGate firewalls and Fortinet licences through the official channel and can configure and run them for you; as a Microsoft partner we supply Windows Server, RDS and Microsoft 365 licences, invoiced in euro together with your servers. We also deliver servers and network equipment from the major hardware brands, but we have no partner agreements with those manufacturers and do not claim any. If you need a quote for licences or hardware, write to our sales team. Q: How can I contact CloudHosting? A: CloudHosting answers at +371 66 66 29 69 and info@cloudhosting.lv on working days from 9:00 to 17:00 Riga time, in English, Latvian and Russian, while monitoring runs around the clock. Phone is best for urgent incidents; email is better for configurations, quotes and anything you want in writing. Existing clients can also open a ticket in the client panel, which keeps the whole history in one place. Our office is at Bērzaunes iela 1, Riga, LV-1039, at the same address as the data centre, and this is also where colocation clients hand over their equipment. ### Data Center in Riga, Own Tier 3+ | CloudHosting URL: https://www.cloudhosting.lv/data-center Our own Tier 3+ data center at Bērzaunes iela 1 in Riga: N+1 power and cooling, 24/7 monitoring, own BGP network, colocation from 1U. Get a quote. Key facts: - Operator: CloudHosting SIA, a Latvian IT infrastructure provider operating since 2016, runs the data centre itself; no racks are rented from another operator - Address: Bērzaunes iela 1, Riga, LV-1039, Latvia (EU) - Design: Tier 3+: N+1 power with UPS and a diesel generator, N+1 cooling, two uplinks behind a BGP core - Security: Guarded site; equipment is handed over at our office and installed by our engineers; access for a limited number of our own specialists only - Network: Own network AS58269 with redundant uplinks; cross-connects to carriers at the site - Services here: Server colocation from 40 EUR per 1U a month plus electricity by meter; web hosting, VPS, dedicated servers, company infrastructure - Other regions: Amsterdam, the Netherlands, as a second live region; Dubai (DXB1) on request - Support: Monitoring and incident response 24/7. Engineers answer on working days 9:00-17:00 Riga time, in English, Latvian and Russian. - Contract: With CloudHosting SIA under Latvian law, invoiced in EUR Q: Where exactly is the CloudHosting data center? A: The CloudHosting data centre is at Bērzaunes iela 1, Riga, LV-1039, Latvia: a Tier 3+ site with our own hardware and our own engineers, not rented racks in someone else's facility. All primary CloudHosting infrastructure runs from here under EU jurisdiction. A second live region operates in Amsterdam, the Netherlands, for workloads that want Western European connectivity, and capacity in Dubai (DXB1) is brought online on request. Whichever region you choose, the service, the panel and the support team stay the same. The address is public, but the data centre is closed to visitors: equipment is handed over at our office at the same address. Q: Who runs the data centre, and why does that matter? A: CloudHosting SIA, a Latvian IT infrastructure provider in business since 2016, runs the Riga data centre itself: the power, the cooling, the network under AS58269 and the engineers who answer your tickets are all our own. When something needs fixing, there is no other operator to wait for and no subcontractor to blame; the person who watches the alarm is a colleague of the person who answers you. It also keeps prices honest, since nobody upstream is charging us rack rent. Plenty of providers resell someone else's data centre; we answer for our own, which is why we can show the redundancy scheme with real paths instead of abstract promises. Q: What does Tier 3+ mean in practice? A: At the CloudHosting data centre in Riga, Tier 3+ means every critical system has at least one independent reserve: power and cooling run in an N+1 configuration with UPS protection, so a component can fail or be taken out for maintenance while the load carries on. When a power feed fails, the load continues from the reserve path while engineers fix the cause, and losing one cooling unit does not push racks out of spec. The redundancy scheme on this page shows the paths: two independent feeds and UPS for power, duplicated cooling units, and two uplinks behind our BGP core. If an incident could affect your equipment, you hear it from us first. Q: How is the data center physically secured? A: The CloudHosting data centre at Bērzaunes iela 1 is guarded, and visitors, colocation clients included, are not admitted: only a limited number of our own specialists have access. Clients hand their equipment over at our office at the same address, and our engineers install it in the rack. Redundancy is part of the design, with N+1 power backed by UPS and a diesel generator, N+1 cooling and two uplinks, and both the building systems and the customer equipment are covered by monitoring and incident response 24/7. Alarms about power, cooling or network anomalies trigger incident response, not just a line on a dashboard. We do not publish further detail about physical protection, because a data centre is safer when fewer people know how it is guarded. Q: What connectivity is available at the site? A: CloudHosting announces its own IP address space from the Riga data centre over its own BGP network, AS58269, with redundant uplinks; that is the default for every service. On top of that you can order cross-connects to carriers present at the site, private circuits from the data centre to your offices, and site-to-site VPN tunnels. IPv4 addresses come from our own allocations. If you run your own AS, a BGP session with your prefixes is a standard colocation add-on at 50.00 EUR a month, and the PI prefix announcement costs 20.00 EUR. For anything custom, send us your topology and an engineer will reply with a concrete design and price. Q: How much does colocation in this data centre cost? A: Server colocation in the CloudHosting data centre in Riga starts at 40 EUR a month for a 1U server and the same for a tower unit, excluding VAT, with electricity billed by meter. Installation, a public IPv4, a 1 Gbit/s uplink and 30 TB of monthly traffic are included, and there is no minimum term. Add-ons such as extra units, a second power feed, guaranteed bandwidth, BGP, additional uplinks, dual PDU, 10G and cross-connects are listed openly on the colocation page; items marked on quote depend on your configuration. Clients do not enter the data hall: our engineers on site install the equipment and act as your remote hands. Q: Can I visit the data center before signing a colocation contract? A: No: CloudHosting does not admit visitors to the data centre at Bērzaunes iela 1, prospective clients included; only a limited number of our own specialists have access. Before you sign, talk it through with our engineers by phone, by email or at our office at the same address: the redundancy scheme on this page, the power and cooling setup, the space your equipment needs and how it will be connected. This is arranged on working days between 9:00 and 17:00 Riga time. Bring your own IT person if you like, so the technical questions are settled between specialists. Once you sign, you hand the equipment over at our office, or send it by courier, and our engineers install it in the rack. Q: Can I get a private rack? A: CloudHosting offers full private racks in the Riga data centre, priced individually by power draw, next to shared rack space that starts from a single 1U server at 40 EUR a month. When the project grows, you move from a shared 19-inch rack to your own cabinet with dual power feeds and room for servers, storage and network gear together. The add-on list covers extra power, 10G uplinks and cross-connects, so the rack grows with you. Send us your equipment list and expected power draw, and we will quote the rack. Q: What can your engineers do as remote hands? A: CloudHosting engineers at the Riga data centre act as your hands on site on working days from 9:00 to 17:00 Riga time: they reboot a server, swap a failed disk or a RAM module you shipped to us, reconnect cables, read out a console screen or install equipment into the rack. Simple actions are part of normal colocation support; bigger planned works are agreed in advance and billed by the hour as IT support. Clients do not enter the data hall, so all hands-on work on your equipment is done by our engineers. Hardware can be handed over at our office or arrive by courier, and we rack it without you being there. Q: Is my data hosted in the EU, and which other regions are there? A: CloudHosting hosts data in the EU by default: the primary site is in Riga, Latvia, so data there stays under EU jurisdiction and GDPR, which your privacy policy and client contracts can state plainly. The second live region, in Amsterdam, the Netherlands, is inside the EU as well and suits customers who want Western European connectivity or an out-of-country copy of their data. Dubai (DXB1) capacity, brought online on request, is the exception for projects that specifically need a non-EU location. We are a Latvian company, so questions about your data are answered by an EU legal entity, not a foreign intermediary. Q: Which CloudHosting services run from this site? A: CloudHosting runs web hosting, WordPress hosting, VPS, dedicated servers, Nextcloud, MikroTik CHR and server colocation from the Riga data centre, with the Netherlands as the second region for VPS and related services. That matters in practice: moving between products, from hosting to a VPS or from a VPS to a dedicated server, is a copy inside one network, not a migration between providers. Backups are kept on separate storage, and company infrastructure projects can combine dedicated hardware with private networking at the same site. If a project uses several products, support sees the whole picture in one system. Q: What languages does support speak? A: CloudHosting support answers in English, Latvian and Russian, by phone, by email and through tickets in the client area, and the team works in Riga next to the data centre. The site, the network and customer equipment are under monitoring and incident response 24/7, while engineers answer requests on working days from 9:00 to 17:00 Riga time. Equipment handover, remote hands and deliveries are arranged through the same channels, and the same people read the whole thread whichever language you write in. Technical terms are fine in English. ### Trust and security: where your data lives | CloudHosting URL: https://www.cloudhosting.lv/security Where CloudHosting stores your data, who can reach it, how long backups are kept and how incidents are handled. Riga data centre, EU, own network AS58269. Key facts: - Company: CloudHosting SIA, registration number 40103966259, a Latvian IT infrastructure provider operating since 2016; an EU company - Where data is stored: Riga, Latvia (EU) by default, in the data centre we run ourselves; Amsterdam for the VPS and dedicated servers you order there, the 10 Gbps catalogue included; S3 object storage replicated across several data centres in the EU; Dubai (DXB1) only on request - Physical access: The data centre is guarded and visitors are not admitted; equipment is handed over at our office and installed by our engineers; access is limited to a small number of our specialists - Redundancy: Tier 3+ design: N+1 power with UPS and a diesel generator, N+1 cooling, two uplinks behind a BGP core - Network: Own network AS58269 with redundant uplinks; the Riga data centre is carrier-neutral - Backups: VPS: daily, kept for 7 days, stored separately from the server. Web hosting: daily, kept for 14 days, on separate storage - Access to your systems: On systems we administer for you, each engineer works under a named personal account, and that access can be revoked - Support: Monitoring and incident response 24/7. Engineers answer on working days 9:00-17:00 Riga time, in English, Latvian and Russian. - Incidents: An incident that stops your work is handled at once; other alerts outside working hours are picked up the next working morning - Availability: 99.9% is our availability target, not a guarantee written into the standard terms - Certification: No ISO 27001 and no SOC 2 certification. Partner statuses: Fortinet authorised partner, Microsoft partner - Contract: With CloudHosting SIA under Latvian law; invoices in EUR, nothing is charged automatically; a data processing agreement (DPA) is signed on request Q: Where does CloudHosting store my data? A: CloudHosting stores client data in its own data centre in Riga, Latvia, inside the EU, unless you order a service in another location. VPS and dedicated servers ordered for the Netherlands, the ready 10 Gbps servers included, run in Amsterdam, S3 object storage is replicated across several data centres in the EU, and capacity in Dubai (DXB1) is brought online only on request, for projects that need a location outside the EU. You choose the location when you order, so it is known before the contract. Web hosting, server colocation, the company infrastructure we run, and VPS and dedicated servers ordered for Riga stay in Riga. Q: How is the Riga data centre protected physically? A: The CloudHosting data centre in Riga is guarded, and visitors, clients included, are not admitted to it. Clients bring their equipment to our office and hand it over there, and our engineers install it in the rack; access to the data centre itself is limited to a small number of our own specialists. We keep the public description of physical security to this outline on purpose and do not publish the measures in detail. Power, cooling and network redundancy are described separately, above on this page and on the data centre page. Q: What redundancy does the data centre have? A: The CloudHosting data centre in Riga follows a Tier 3+ design: N+1 power with UPS and a diesel generator, N+1 cooling and two uplinks behind a BGP core. N+1 means every critical component has at least one independent reserve, so a part can fail or be taken out for maintenance while the load carries on. Tier 3+ describes how the site is built; it is not a certificate issued by an outside body. The data centre page shows the redundancy scheme with the paths for power, cooling and network. Q: How long do you keep backups? A: CloudHosting keeps daily VPS backups for 7 days and daily web hosting backups for 14 days, in both cases on storage separate from the server itself. On web hosting you can restore a single file, a database or the whole account from cPanel yourself. For company infrastructure we run, the backup schedule, the retention and the recovery targets are written down for each project. For data you cannot afford to lose, we still recommend one more copy outside any single provider, and we say that about ourselves too. Q: Who at CloudHosting can access our systems? A: On systems CloudHosting administers for you, each engineer works under a named personal account rather than a shared login, and that access can be revoked. That covers the company infrastructure, remote offices and other services we run for you. On a service you run yourself, such as an unmanaged VPS or a dedicated server, you hold the administrator access and decide who else gets an account. In the data centre, physical access is limited to a small number of our own specialists, and visitors are not admitted. Q: What happens if something breaks at night or at the weekend? A: CloudHosting runs monitoring and incident response 24/7, and an incident that stops your work is handled at once, whatever the hour. Other alerts that arrive outside working hours are picked up the next working morning. Engineers answer requests, tickets and calls on working days from 9:00 to 17:00 Riga time, in English, Latvian and Russian. The status page shows the state of the shared platform; a problem limited to one server may not appear there, so write to support when something is wrong on your side. Q: Is there an SLA? A: CloudHosting's standard terms do not contain an SLA: 99.9% availability is our target, not a contractual guarantee. We say it plainly because a figure that is not in the contract should not look as if it were. If your project needs contractual service levels, raise it before the offer, and we will tell you what we can commit to for that setup. The redundancy, monitoring and incident handling described on this page apply either way. Q: Do you have ISO 27001 or SOC 2 certification? A: CloudHosting does not hold ISO 27001 or SOC 2 certification, and the Tier 3+ of the Riga data centre describes its design, not a certificate. Instead we show things you can check: this page with the date its facts were last checked, our public terms of service, the company entry in the Latvian Register of Enterprises (registration number 40103966259), our network AS58269 in the RIPE database and a free 30-minute call with an engineer. A data processing agreement (DPA) under Article 28 of the GDPR is signed on request. The partner statuses we hold are Fortinet authorised partner and Microsoft partner. Q: What does CloudHosting provide for our NIS2 and GDPR duties? A: CloudHosting provides the technical side that NIS2 and GDPR expect from a supplier: servers in the EU, backups with fixed retention and, for the infrastructure we run, written recovery targets, named access that can be revoked, and monitoring and incident response 24/7, all from a Latvian company. The duties themselves stay with your company: under the Latvian Cybersecurity Law a subject registers, reports incidents and assesses itself, and under GDPR the controller keeps its records and policies. We do not certify compliance. If you need help with those duties, our NIS2 service, our data protection specialist and an IT audit from 200 EUR cover them. Q: We are a financial company under DORA. Can we use CloudHosting? A: CloudHosting can serve a financial entity as an ICT supplier, but DORA puts the assessment of every ICT supplier on the entity itself: you need to know where the data is, who can reach it and what the contract says. This page answers the first two questions, our standard terms of service are public, and an engineer can go through your questions on a call. If your DORA register or contract policy needs clauses beyond our standard terms, name them at the start, and we will tell you honestly which ones we can accept. The DORA duties stay with you; no supplier can take them over. ### IT infrastructure provider in Latvia | CloudHosting URL: https://www.cloudhosting.lv/enterprise-infrastructure IT infrastructure provider in Latvia: we design, migrate and run company servers in our own Riga data centre, with backups, monitoring and NIS2-ready security. Key facts: - Provider: CloudHosting SIA, a Latvian IT infrastructure provider operating since 2016 - What we do: Audit, design, migration and daily operation of company servers: dedicated platforms, private clouds, hybrid setups with colocation, private networks and VPN, backup with written recovery targets - Location: The Tier 3+ data centre CloudHosting runs itself at Bērzaunes iela 1, Riga, Latvia (EU); additional capacity in Amsterdam, the Netherlands; Dubai (DXB1) only on request - Network: Own network AS58269 with BGP and redundant upstreams; public IPv4 and IPv6 - Price: Individual: after the audit you get a design with a fixed monthly cost before anything is ordered - Availability: 99.9% availability target; a binding commitment and how it is measured are agreed separately in the offer - Support: Monitoring and incident response 24/7. Engineers answer on working days 9:00-17:00 Riga time, in English, Latvian and Russian. - Partner status: Fortinet authorised partner (FortiGate firewalls) and Microsoft partner - Contract: One contract with CloudHosting SIA under Latvian law, invoices in EUR, a data processing agreement Q: Which company in Latvia can host and run our whole IT infrastructure? A: CloudHosting SIA is a Latvian IT infrastructure provider that has operated since 2016 from its own Tier 3+ data centre in Riga, with its own network AS58269. We host or move company servers, work out the Windows Server, SQL Server and RDS licences, build the network and VPN, set up backups with written recovery targets and monitoring, and then keep running the platform. For companies covered by NIS2 and the Latvian Cybersecurity Law we add FortiGate firewalls as a Fortinet partner, access control and the documentation an auditor asks for. One contract with a Latvian company, invoices in EUR, support in English, Latvian and Russian. Q: How is this different from just renting a VPS or a dedicated server? A: At CloudHosting a VPS or a dedicated server is a product you order from a price list and run yourself, while enterprise infrastructure is a project our engineers analyse, design, migrate and then operate for you under monitoring 24/7. You get an architecture matched to your workload, recovery targets agreed in writing and a team responsible for keeping everything running, not just hardware in a rack. If one server with your own admin already covers your needs, we will say so, because the project approach only pays off once several systems, availability requirements and responsibility have to be managed together. Q: Do we have to move everything to your data centre? A: CloudHosting does not require you to move everything: hybrid setups are common and often the sensible choice. Typical mixes are your own equipment in our colocation racks, our dedicated servers for the heavy workloads, VPS for smaller services, and private links or VPN tunnels to systems that stay in your office or with another provider. We design around what already works and only move what gains from moving, whether that is performance, reliability or simpler compliance, and systems can move in stages. Whatever the mix, the result behaves as one network with one support team and one contract, so you are not coordinating several vendors when something breaks. Q: How do you migrate without breaking things? A: Every CloudHosting migration starts with an inventory and a written plan: what moves, in which order, in which service window, and how each step rolls back if something goes wrong. Data is synchronised to the new platform in advance and the services are tested there before anyone switches, so the actual cutover is a short, controlled switch rather than a long copy under time pressure. We schedule cutovers outside your business hours, agree in advance who confirms what on your side, and stay on the line until your team confirms everything works. If a check fails, we roll that step back and try again in the next window instead of improvising at night. Q: What do RPO and RTO mean in practice? A: CloudHosting agrees two numbers for every system before it designs the platform: RPO, the recovery point objective, is how much recent data you can afford to lose, and RTO, the recovery time objective, is how fast the system must be back after a failure. An RPO of one hour means backups or replication run at least hourly. The numbers drive the design and the price: minutes of RTO need a standby server or automatic failover, while a few hours can be covered by a tested restore from backup. Agreeing tighter targets only where the business really needs them keeps the monthly cost honest, and the recovery path is tested with you rather than assumed. Q: Where is our data physically stored? A: CloudHosting stores your data in the Tier 3+ data centre it runs itself at Bērzaunes iela 1 in Riga, Latvia, inside the European Union, with additional capacity in Amsterdam, the Netherlands. In Riga the servers sit in racks we run ourselves, on our own network AS58269. For GDPR purposes your data can be hosted and processed entirely within the EU, and we sign a data processing agreement that states where it lives and who has access. The Riga facility runs with N+1 power and redundant cooling; it is guarded, closed to visitors, and only a limited number of our own specialists have access. A location outside the EU, such as Dubai (DXB1), is possible on request, but only if you ask for it, never by default. Q: Can you take over infrastructure that another provider or our own admin built? A: CloudHosting regularly takes over infrastructure built by another provider or by a company's own admin, and it starts with an audit rather than a rebuild. We document what exists, fix the risky parts first, and only then propose changes. If the current setup is sound, we put it under monitoring and backups and simply run it; where it limits you, we show the redesign with numbers and you decide the pace. This also works when the person who built the setup is no longer around: the audit recreates the missing documentation, and access is handed over in a named, logged way, so you always know who can reach what. Q: What does 24/7 monitoring actually cover? A: CloudHosting monitoring covers, 24/7, the servers, services and network links agreed during the design stage: load, disks, completed backups, expiring certificates and the reachability of your key services. Alerts go to our engineers, not to a mailbox nobody reads. An incident that takes the platform down is handled at any hour under our incident response 24/7; everything else is handled on working days from 9:00 to 17:00 Riga time. When something degrades, the engineer restarts or recovers the affected service and informs you, rather than only opening a ticket. Where your business needs committed response times, SLA terms are agreed in the business contract, and you can see the same monitoring we see. Q: What does a project like this cost? A: CloudHosting prices infrastructure projects individually, and after the audit you receive a design with a fixed monthly figure before anything is ordered, so you decide whether to proceed with the number in front of you. The price depends on hardware, availability targets and how much operation you hand over, which is why there is no honest price list. As a rough anchor, small setups start around the cost of a few dedicated servers with backups and monitoring, and the design stage itself is a limited, agreed amount of engineering hours. Tighter recovery targets raise the price, because they mean replication or standby hardware. To start, write to us and describe what you run today. Q: What languages does your team work in? A: CloudHosting works with companies in English, Latvian and Russian, by phone, by email and through tickets in the client area, and the terms of service are published in all three languages. The engineers who design and migrate your platform belong to the same team that runs it afterwards, based in Riga next to the data centre, so nothing is lost in a hand-over to a separate support desk. The platform is under monitoring and incident response 24/7, and engineers answer requests and changes on working days from 9:00 to 17:00 Riga time. You can switch language mid-conversation without losing context, because the same people read the whole thread. Q: How do we leave if we need to? A: CloudHosting hands your data over when you leave: a copy in a usable form, virtual machine images or plain files and a database dump, whichever fits what you are moving to, plus the documentation of how the setup is wired. There is no proprietary format holding it and no exit fee. Services are invoiced in EUR per paid period and nothing is charged automatically, so to stop at the end of a period you simply do not pay the next invoice; ending early inside a paid period takes 20 days' notice by email to info@cloudhosting.lv. Access is named and revocable, so the hand-over to your next provider or your own admin is a controlled step. ### Office IT infrastructure in Riga | CloudHosting URL: https://www.cloudhosting.lv/enterprise-infrastructure/office-infrastructure We move your Windows servers, shared files and remote desktops into our Riga data centre, give staff secure access and keep it all running. Key facts: - Provider: CloudHosting SIA, a Latvian IT infrastructure provider operating since 2016 - What is included: A survey of the current setup, then Windows Server for domain, files and applications, remote desktops, VPN for staff and branch offices, Microsoft 365 administration, backups with tested restores, monitoring and day-to-day administration - Location: The Tier 3+ data centre CloudHosting runs itself at Bērzaunes iela 1, Riga, Latvia (EU); company data stays in the EU - Price: Individual: after the survey, servers, licences and monthly support come as separate figures, with the monthly cost fixed before anything is ordered. Teams of up to 20 people can take the ready remote office from 200 EUR a month without VAT. - Licences: Counted from how your people actually work and quoted as separate lines in the proposal, never folded into the hosting price - Minimum term: None by default: each period is invoiced in advance and nothing is charged automatically; a longer commitment is only one you agree in the written proposal - Support: Monitoring and incident response 24/7. Engineers answer on working days 9:00-17:00 Riga time, in English, Latvian and Russian. - Contract: One contract with CloudHosting SIA under Latvian law, invoices in EUR, a data processing agreement Q: Do we have to move everything at once? A: CloudHosting moves office systems in stages, usually starting with the one that hurts most, so nothing forces a single big migration. Most companies begin with the file server or an ageing machine running an application everyone depends on. We move that first, let it settle, then plan the next step. Some systems stay in the office on purpose because moving them brings no benefit, for example a device tied to production hardware on site. The point of the first conversation is to work out that order together, not to sell you one big project. Q: What happens to our Windows and remote desktop licences? A: CloudHosting counts the Windows Server, remote desktop and Microsoft 365 licences your people actually need during the survey and lists them as separate lines in the proposal, never folded into the hosting price. Whether licences you already own can still be used depends on the product and on how the system will be hosted, and we check that one by one instead of assuming. If your licensing today is a mix of old purchases and nobody is quite sure what is covered, we go through it and write down where you stand. Licensing rules change, so the count follows how your people work, not a template. Q: How do staff reach the systems after the move? A: CloudHosting connects staff to the moved systems in two ways, often both: a VPN from the office network and published remote desktops that open from any computer. With the VPN, applications behave as though nothing moved. A published remote desktop gives each person a full working environment they can reach from a laptop at home or a machine in a branch office. Which one fits depends on the applications: some are happy over VPN, others are far more comfortable running next to their database and being shown to the user as a desktop. Q: What does a setup like this cost? A: CloudHosting prices office infrastructure individually after a survey, while the ready remote office for teams of up to 20 people starts at 200 EUR a month without VAT. For anything larger, the bill has three parts: the servers, the licences your people actually need, and the monthly support. After the survey you get all three as concrete numbers, with the monthly figure fixed before anything is ordered, and you decide from there. What moves the number most is not the hardware, it is how many people need a remote desktop and how much data has to be kept and backed up. Q: We already use Microsoft 365. Does that change? A: CloudHosting leaves Microsoft 365 mail, Teams and OneDrive where they are, and can take over the licences and the administration if you want one supplier for it. What usually moves into the data centre is the other half: the file server, the accounting or ERP system, and the applications that never fit into a cloud subscription. The two live together well, and in most offices that split is the whole design. Mailboxes and shared files are not touched during the move, so day to day communication carries on as usual. Q: What happens if we decide to leave? A: CloudHosting hands your data back when you leave, with no exit fee: virtual machine images or plain files and a database dump, whichever fits what you are moving to, plus the documentation of how the setup is wired. There is no proprietary format holding it. Services are invoiced in EUR per paid period and nothing is charged automatically, so to stop at the end of a period you simply do not pay the next invoice; ending early inside a paid period takes 20 days' notice by email. We would rather you stayed because the service is good than because moving is painful. Q: Where will our servers and files physically be? A: CloudHosting keeps office systems in the Tier 3+ data centre it runs itself at Bērzaunes iela 1 in Riga, Latvia, so company files stay inside the European Union. The racks, the power, the cooling and the network under our own AS58269 are ours, not rented space in someone else's facility. The site runs with N+1 power and redundant cooling, is guarded and closed to visitors, and only a limited number of our own specialists have access. For GDPR we sign a data processing agreement that says where the data lives and who can reach it. Q: Who looks after the systems once they are moved? A: CloudHosting engineers administer the moved systems themselves: the platform is under monitoring and incident response 24/7, and engineers answer requests on working days from 9:00 to 17:00 Riga time. That covers updates, user accounts and permissions, backup checks, and the small changes an office asks for every week. Alerts go to the engineers, not to a mailbox nobody reads, and an outage that stops the company is handled at any hour. You get one contact for servers, network and licences, in English, Latvian or Russian, and the same people read the whole thread. Q: How are backups done, and how long are they kept? A: CloudHosting backs up office servers on a schedule written into the design, typically every night, keeps the copies apart from the servers they protect and tests restores instead of assuming they work. Files and databases are backed up differently, because a database copied as a file while it runs is often not restorable. How far back you can go, and how much recent work you could lose, are agreed per system as recovery targets, and a tighter target costs more because it means more frequent copies or a standby server. When a restore is needed, our engineers do it and tell you what was recovered. Q: Can you work alongside our own IT person? A: CloudHosting regularly works next to a company's own IT person or outside administrator, and the split of duties is written down before the move. A common split is that your person keeps the laptops, printers and user questions in the office while we run the servers, network, backups and monitoring in the data centre. Named, logged admin access is set up for everyone who needs it, so it is always clear who changed what. If the person leaves or the contract ends, we can take over the rest without starting from scratch, because the setup is already documented. ### ERP, SQL Server and RDS hosting | CloudHosting URL: https://www.cloudhosting.lv/enterprise-infrastructure/erp-sql-rds Servers and licences for ERP and SQL Server, remote work through RDS, migration of your existing system and support after it goes live. Key facts: - Provider: CloudHosting SIA, a Latvian IT infrastructure provider operating since 2016 - What is included: Application server for the ERP or accounting system, SQL Server for its database, remote desktop (RDS) access for users, VPN, database and file backups with tested restores, migration of the existing system, monitoring and administration - Servers: Dedicated servers from 130.05 EUR a month and Windows VPS from 16.15 EUR a month, both on a 12-month term without VAT; sized from the database, the number of concurrent users and the month-end peak - Location: The Tier 3+ data centre CloudHosting runs itself at Bērzaunes iela 1, Riga, Latvia (EU); the database stays in the EU - Price: Individual: servers, licences, migration and administration come as separate figures in the proposal, with the monthly cost fixed before anything is ordered; prices exclude VAT - Licences: Windows Server, SQL Server and remote desktop licences are counted in the survey and quoted separately, never included in a server price - Minimum term: None by default: servers are invoiced in advance for 1, 3, 6 or 12 months, 5, 10 or 15% cheaper on the longer periods; a dedicated server on a 1-month term carries a one-off setup fee - Support: Monitoring and incident response 24/7. Engineers answer on working days 9:00-17:00 Riga time, in English, Latvian and Russian. - Contract: One contract with CloudHosting SIA under Latvian law, invoices in EUR, a data processing agreement Q: Will our ERP vendor support the system after the move? A: CloudHosting brings the ERP vendor into the plan from the start, and in our experience vendors keep supporting a system after it moves to our Riga data centre. The vendor usually cares about the environment meeting their requirements, not about which building the server stands in. We share the planned specification with them, agree who does what during the migration window and who to call if something behaves oddly on the first working day. If your contract with the vendor names a specific setup, tell us early and we build to it rather than around it. Q: How much server do we actually need? A: CloudHosting sizes an ERP server from measured numbers rather than a price list: database size and its growth over the last two years, concurrent users, reporting and month-end peaks, and the integrations running in the background. A system used by eight accountants is a very different machine from one where forty people also work in a warehouse module. We size for the peak you actually have, with headroom to grow, and we would rather tell you the current server is enough than sell a bigger one. For orientation, our dedicated servers start at 130.05 EUR a month on a 12-month term, without VAT. Q: Do we need SQL Server Standard or is Express enough? A: CloudHosting checks your database against the limits of SQL Server Express before recommending an edition, because Express is free but capped at 10 GB per database and a small share of memory and CPU. A growing company eventually hits those caps, usually at the worst possible moment. Standard removes them and runs proper scheduled backup jobs through SQL Server Agent, which Express lacks. We look at what your system uses now and where the ceiling is, then say plainly which edition we recommend and what it costs. If Express still fits, we say so. Q: Do we have to upgrade the ERP version at the same time? A: CloudHosting normally moves an ERP system at the version it runs today and treats an upgrade as a separate project, because mixing the two is how migrations go wrong. Moving to new hardware and upgrading the application carry separate risks, so we prefer to move the system as it is, let it run for a while, and only then talk about the version. There are exceptions: if your current version will not install on a supported operating system, or the vendor has stopped patching it, the upgrade has to be part of the plan and we say that at the survey rather than halfway through. Q: How are the database backups handled? A: CloudHosting backs up ERP databases separately from files, with the database engine's own backup mechanism, because a database copied as a file while it is running is often not restorable. The copies are kept off the machine that made them, and we test a restore into a scratch environment so the procedure is proven rather than assumed. How often depends on how much work you are willing to redo: for most accounting systems the honest answer is a nightly full copy plus transaction log backups during the working day. Q: How many people can work through RDS at once? A: CloudHosting sizes a remote desktop server at about 4 GB of memory for the system plus 2.5 GB for each person working with a browser and Office open, so the number of people is a question of memory and CPU rather than a fixed cap. People who work with large spreadsheets or reports need more. The licences for each user are counted separately in the proposal. We size from your real user count with headroom, watch the load after launch, and add resources if the numbers say so rather than guessing upward from the start. Q: Do you host 1C:Enterprise as well? A: CloudHosting rents ready 1C:Enterprise servers from 52.70 EUR a month on a 12-month term, without VAT, and a larger 1C installation can be built as a project like the ones on this page. The ready servers are VPS with a high-frequency CPU, NVMe disks and Windows Server by default, in the same Riga data centre. When the base is big, many people work at once, or 1C runs next to other business systems on a shared SQL Server, a project fits better: we size a dedicated platform, move the base and publish it over remote desktop. The survey shows which of the two you need. Q: Can people outside the office use the system securely? A: CloudHosting publishes an ERP system to remote users only through a VPN or a remote desktop gateway, so the SQL Server database itself is never reachable from the open internet. Every user has a named account, access is logged, and it can be revoked the same day someone leaves. Accountants at home, sales people on the road and a warehouse in another town all work in the same environment next to the database, which is why a slow home connection stops mattering. Where more protection is needed, a FortiGate firewall, which we supply as a Fortinet authorised partner, can sit in front of the platform. Q: How long will the system be down during the move? A: CloudHosting usually switches an ERP system over in an evening or a weekend window, after a rehearsal in which the data is copied and the system is tested on the new servers. The work before that, the survey, building the servers and the rehearsal, happens while you keep working on the old system. The final switch brings over the latest data, checks key figures with your accountant and points users to the new environment. After it we watch performance and stay in touch through the first month end, which is when hidden issues tend to show. Q: Where is the data stored, and who can see it? A: CloudHosting keeps ERP databases in the Tier 3+ data centre it runs itself at Bērzaunes iela 1 in Riga, Latvia, inside the European Union, on hardware and a network (AS58269) that are ours. For GDPR we sign a data processing agreement that states where the data lives and who has access. Our engineers reach the servers only through named, logged accounts, to do the work you asked for or to respond to an incident. Your accounting data stays yours: when you leave, you get the database and the documentation of the setup, with no exit fee. ### Server migration to our Riga data centre | CloudHosting URL: https://www.cloudhosting.lv/enterprise-infrastructure/migration We move company servers and business systems out of the office or away from another provider, with a written plan and a rehearsed switch. Key facts: - Provider: CloudHosting SIA, a Latvian IT infrastructure provider operating since 2016 - What is included: A survey of servers, systems and dependencies; a written plan with order, timing and a rollback for every step; the new environment built and rehearsed; the cutover in an agreed window; monitoring afterwards - Moving from: An office server room or another provider; your own physical servers can be transported and moved in as they are - Destination: The Tier 3+ data centre CloudHosting runs itself at Bērzaunes iela 1, Riga, Latvia (EU); dedicated servers also in Amsterdam, the Netherlands - Price: For a normal company setup the survey is part of preparing the offer, and the migration work is quoted before it starts. Colocation from 40 EUR per 1U a month plus electricity by meter, dedicated servers from 130.05 EUR a month on a 12-month term, without VAT - Downtime: For most systems an evening or a weekend window, agreed in the plan; the old environment stays ready until the new one has proven itself - Minimum term: Colocation has none; servers are invoiced in advance for 1, 3, 6 or 12 months and nothing is charged automatically; a dedicated server on a 1-month term carries a one-off setup fee - Support: Monitoring and incident response 24/7. Engineers answer on working days 9:00-17:00 Riga time, in English, Latvian and Russian. - Contract: One contract with CloudHosting SIA under Latvian law, invoices in EUR, a data processing agreement Q: How long will we be offline? A: CloudHosting plans most migrations so that each system is down for an evening or a weekend window, not for days, because the copying and testing happen while the old environment is still serving users. The honest answer depends on two things: how much data has to be synchronised at the last moment, and how many systems have to be switched together because they talk to each other. During the survey we say which systems can move quietly on a working day and which ones need a proper window, and that goes into the plan you approve before anything starts. Q: Can we move the physical servers we already own? A: CloudHosting moves servers you already own and colocates them in its Riga data centre from 40 EUR per 1U a month plus electricity by meter, arranging the transport, the rack, the power and the network. If the hardware is in reasonable shape, this is often the cheapest way to improve reliability quickly. We will also tell you when we think a machine is too old to be worth moving, for example when it is out of warranty and its disks are near the end of their life. Sometimes the right answer is a mix: the newer servers move as they are, the ageing ones are replaced during the migration instead of a year later under pressure. Q: What if something goes wrong during the switch? A: CloudHosting keeps the old environment running and untouched during every cutover, so a failed switch ends in a rollback, not in a broken company. If a system does not behave as it did in the rehearsal and we cannot fix it inside the agreed window, we go back to the old one and reschedule instead of leaving people working on something half broken. It is a decision we take with you during the window, against criteria written down in advance, so nobody has to improvise at night. The rehearsal before the real switch is what makes this rare. Q: What does the survey itself cost, and what do we get from it? A: CloudHosting does not invoice the survey separately for a normal company setup: it is part of preparing the offer. What you get is worth having even if you then decide to stay where you are: an inventory of what runs where, the dependencies nobody had written down, and a plan with an order of moves and a rollback for each one. Larger or unusual estates, several sites or a system nobody in the company still understands, take real engineering days, and in those cases we agree a fee up front rather than padding it into the monthly price later. Q: Can you work with our current IT provider? A: CloudHosting works alongside a company's current IT provider during a migration and agrees in advance, in the plan, who does what in each window. It usually goes better that way: the person who has administered those servers for years knows things no survey will find in a day, and we would rather have them in the migration window than around it. The plan also says who has the final say if something has to be decided at two in the morning. If the relationship is ending, we can also take the handover from them and become the single point of contact afterwards. Q: Our contract with the old provider runs for a few more months. Is that a problem? A: CloudHosting plans the move around your old contract, and an overlap of a few months is often the comfortable case rather than a problem. The old environment stays where it is until the new one has proven itself, which is exactly the rollback we want anyway, so an overlapping contract buys you a safety margin instead of costing you. We plan the move so the paid period is used, not wasted. What does need checking early is the notice period and how the provider hands data back, because some want written notice months ahead and a few charge for the final export. Q: Where do the migrated systems run? A: CloudHosting moves systems into the Tier 3+ data centre it runs itself at Bērzaunes iela 1 in Riga, Latvia, on its own network AS58269. Dedicated servers are also available in Amsterdam, the Netherlands. The target platform is chosen per system during the survey: your own servers in colocation, our dedicated servers, virtual servers, or a mix. The Riga data centre is carrier-neutral and runs with N+1 power and redundant cooling; it is guarded, closed to visitors, and only a limited number of our own specialists have access. Your data stays in the EU. Q: Can you move us off a public cloud or another hosting provider? A: CloudHosting moves systems off public clouds and other hosting providers the same way it moves them out of an office: survey, written plan, rehearsal, then a switch in an agreed window. Virtual machines are exported or rebuilt, databases are replicated or copied in advance, and DNS and address changes are prepared so users follow the switch without extra steps. What often changes most is the bill: a steady workload that runs all month can cost less on a dedicated server with a fixed monthly price than on metered cloud resources, and the survey shows whether that is true for yours. Q: What do we get in writing before the migration starts? A: CloudHosting gives you a written migration plan before anything moves: the inventory of servers and systems, the order of moves, the window for each switch, the checks that decide success and the rollback for every step. It also states who does what on your side and ours, who confirms each step, and the monthly cost of the new platform, so the decision is taken with the numbers in front of you. Nothing starts until you approve the plan. After the move you receive the documentation of the new setup, so it does not live only in our engineers' heads. Q: What happens after the switch? A: CloudHosting keeps migrated systems under monitoring and incident response 24/7 from the moment of the switch, and keeps the old environment ready until you are satisfied. The first days are when odd things appear: a scheduled task nobody listed, a printer still pointing at the old address, a report that runs only at month end. Our engineers fix what comes up, on working days from 9:00 to 17:00 Riga time and at any hour for an outage, and hand over a clear description of the new setup. From then on the platform can stay with us under ongoing administration, or go to your own IT team. ### Hosting partners and reseller program | CloudHosting URL: https://www.cloudhosting.lv/partners CloudHosting partners: Fortinet, Microsoft 365, Zimbra, Sectigo, MikroTik and the .lv registry. Resell hosting under your brand or earn referral commission. Q: How do I become a CloudHosting reseller? A: Write to us with a short description of your business: what you sell today, which services you want to offer, and roughly what volume you expect. We agree wholesale pricing, and from there you sell hosting, VPS and servers under your own brand while our engineers run the infrastructure behind you. Your clients see your name and your invoices, we stay in the background. This works whether you already run an IT business or are just adding hosting to an existing service list. The practical first step is simply an email to support: describe your case and we answer with terms, so you can decide with concrete numbers in front of you. Q: Does the referral program require a contract? A: No heavy paperwork is involved. A simple agreement covers it: it states who introduced the client and what commission applies, so both sides know what to expect. You introduce the contact, we handle the sales conversation, the technical questions and the onboarding, and once your contact becomes a paying customer we pay you the agreed commission. You do not take on any support obligations and you do not invoice the client yourself, which makes this format suitable for consultants and freelancers who simply want to recommend infrastructure they trust. If you have a specific case in mind, write to us first and we will confirm the terms before you make the introduction. Q: Can you white-label hosting for our agency? A: Yes, and this is a common setup for us. Your agency runs client websites and servers on our infrastructure under its own name: the client sees your brand, your domain and your communication, while our support works behind the scenes. We do not contact your clients directly and we do not appear in any customer-facing materials, so the relationship stays fully yours. Wholesale pricing leaves room for your margin on top of the infrastructure cost. The honest caveat: your agency remains the first point of contact for its clients, so basic questions land with you first, and we back you on everything technical underneath. Write to us to discuss how your current projects would map onto this model. Q: What does an authorized Fortinet partner mean for clients? A: It means the whole chain from license to running firewall stays in one place. As an authorized Fortinet partner we license FortiGate firewalls and FortiGuard subscriptions through the official channel, then deploy and manage them ourselves on real projects, not just resell boxes. For you this removes two common problems: grey-market or incorrectly scoped licenses that surface at renewal or audit time, and support tickets that bounce between a reseller and the vendor. When something needs Fortinet's attention, we have a direct support path and handle the case for you. If you are a partner reselling security services, you can offer this under your own brand while our engineers do the licensing, deployment and ongoing management. Q: Which domain zones can CloudHosting register? A: We are an accredited registrar for Latvian .lv domains, which means we work with the .lv registry directly rather than through another provider. Beyond that, we offer 500 more zones through registry partners, covering the common international and country endings a typical client asks for. For partners the practical value is consolidation: you can sell domains, hosting, certificates and servers from one place, with one invoice and one support contact, instead of juggling separate registrar accounts. Registration, renewal and DNS management sit in the same panel as the rest of the services. If a client needs an unusual zone, ask us first and we will confirm whether it is among the ones our partners can offer. Q: Where is the infrastructure that partners resell? A: The primary site is the Tier 3+ data center in Riga, Latvia, that we run ourselves, and its traffic runs over our own network, AS58269. The second region is in Amsterdam in the Netherlands: there we run our own servers and IP addresses, while the building belongs to a local data center operator. For projects with specific geographic needs, a Dubai (DXB1) location is available on request. This matters for partners in two ways: you can honestly tell clients where their data physically sits, which helps in EU compliance conversations, and when something breaks, the people fixing it are the people who own the hardware. You choose the region per service when you order. Q: Do partners get technical support from CloudHosting? A: Yes, and this is the part of the program partners tend to value most. Resellers, agencies and integrators get our engineers as their technical backup: you take the client's question, and if it goes beyond your depth, we work on it with you in the background. For vendor products there is an extra layer, direct support paths to Fortinet, Microsoft 365, Zimbra and Sectigo, so cases that need the manufacturer do not stall with a middleman. To be clear about the split: first-line contact with your client stays with you, we do not take over your customer relationships. Escalation channels and the way we communicate are agreed when we set up the partnership. Q: What services can a CloudHosting partner resell? A: The whole catalog is open to partners: hosting, VPS, dedicated servers, TLS certificates, Microsoft 365 and Zimbra licensing, MikroTik CHR, plus .lv domains and 500 more zones. Everything runs on our own hardware, in the Tier 3+ data centre in Riga that we run ourselves or in the Netherlands region, so you resell services we operate and support ourselves, with one contact for the whole chain. In practice most partners start with one or two lines, often hosting and VPS, and add certificates, mail or domains as their clients ask. You are not required to take the full range, and mixing models is fine: resell some services under your brand and simply refer others for commission. Write to us and we will map the catalog to your client base. ### Our clients worldwide: one VPS to full racks | CloudHosting URL: https://www.cloudhosting.lv/clients CloudHosting clients are companies worldwide, from a single VPS to full racks: online stores, software firms, manufacturers and clinics. See typical projects. Q: Can you show a setup similar to ours? A: Yes, ask us. Tell support which industry you are in and what you plan to run, and we will describe how a comparable setup usually looks with us: servers, network, backups, the migration plan and the monthly cost. The stories on this page are typical scenarios of that kind, not named clients. We do not disclose who our clients are, so we describe setups rather than names. There is no cost and no obligation attached to asking. Q: Do you publish client logos automatically? A: No, never. We do not publish client names or logos without the client's written consent, and consent can be withdrawn at any time, after which the mention is removed. Confidentiality by default is part of the service: the fact that you host with us, what you run and how it is sized stays between us. This applies equally to a large company and to one with a single VPS. If you want the opposite, a public mention or a case description, tell us and we will agree the exact wording with you first. Nothing goes online on our initiative. Q: Do you work with small companies too? A: Yes, and they make up most of our client list. A website on shared hosting or a single VPS runs in the same data centre in Riga, on the same hardware and network, as the systems of our largest clients. There is no minimum contract size and no separate second-class queue: your ticket reaches the same support team that looks after the largest setups. Monitoring notices problems before you do. When the company grows, the setup scales with it, up to a full rack of colocation, without changing provider and without rebuilding everything from scratch. Q: Who are CloudHosting's clients? A: Companies all over the world, of every size. Online stores, software and SaaS companies, agencies, manufacturers, clinics, finance and service firms, and hundreds of small businesses, down to a developer with a single VPS, all run on the same infrastructure in Riga and Amsterdam; only the tasks and the scale differ. We do not publish a client list, because most clients prefer to stay unnamed, and the stories on this page are typical scenarios rather than named projects. Q: Is CloudHosting suitable for government institutions? A: Yes. The practical points that matter to institutions and regulated companies are covered: data stays under EU jurisdiction in the data centre we run ourselves in Riga, the hardware stands in a guarded site closed to visitors, and the relationship is set by a written contract; where SLA terms are needed, they are agreed in that contract. Send us your procurement requirements or security questionnaire and we will answer point by point before you sign anything. We also run our own network, AS58269, so responsibility for connectivity does not get passed to a third party. Q: Are there any reviews of CloudHosting? A: The most honest review in hosting is a client who stays, and companies have trusted us since 2016. You will not find a wall of anonymous star ratings on this page: many new clients arrive because an existing one recommended us. You can read and leave public reviews on Trustpilot and Google, and our payment confirmation email invites clients to leave one. If you want to check us before a bigger decision, start with a single VPS or a small plan, test the support and the network yourself, and grow from there. Q: Can you migrate my website from another provider? A: Yes, and you do not need to manage it yourself. Tell us what you have with the current provider and give us access; we copy the site, test it on our infrastructure and switch traffic only when everything works, which is how the move happens without downtime. Mail is transferred without losing a letter, including old mailboxes. The switch is scheduled with you, usually at a quiet hour for your business. Afterwards monitoring and incident response run 24/7, and the engineers who run the hardware answer in three languages on working days 9:00 to 17:00 Riga time. Migration is part of the service, so start by writing to support with a description of your current setup. Q: How long has CloudHosting been in business? A: Companies have trusted us since 2016. In hosting, longevity is worth checking, because a provider that rents everything can disappear quickly. Over these years we set up our own Tier 3+ data centre in Riga: we run it ourselves and do not rent racks from anyone. A second region operates in Amsterdam in the Netherlands, and Dubai (DXB1) is available on request, which matters if your plans go beyond one country. That stability is one reason many clients stay with us for years, through hardware generations and market changes. ### Contacts: sales and support in Riga | CloudHosting URL: https://www.cloudhosting.lv/contacts CloudHosting contacts: phone +371 66 66 29 69, email info@cloudhosting.lv, client area and a Tier 3+ data centre in Riga. Monitoring 24/7, write or call today. Q: When is CloudHosting support available? A: Monitoring and incident response run 24/7, every day of the year, because the systems that watch the servers never go offline. Engineers answer tickets, phone and email on working days from 9:00 to 17:00 Riga time, which is the window for questions, billing matters and scheduled work. Outside those hours monitoring keeps watching, and an incident that takes the infrastructure down is handled at any hour under our 24/7 incident response; a question about a single service sent in the evening or at the weekend is picked up at the start of the next working day. When you contact us, mention whether the matter is urgent or can wait, that helps route it to the right person straight away. Q: What is CloudHosting's phone number? A: Call +371 66 66 29 69 or +371 28 32 82 28. Both numbers reach the same team in Riga, so it does not matter which one you pick, and if one line is busy simply try the other. Sales and support answer on working days from 9:00 to 17:00 Riga time, and incidents caught by monitoring are handled around the clock. Phone works best when something is down right now or you need a quick answer before ordering. For anything that involves account changes, configurations or documents it is better to follow up in writing afterwards, so there is a record tied to your account that both sides can refer back to. Q: How fast does CloudHosting answer email? A: Write to info@cloudhosting.lv for anything that needs details, screenshots or attachments. During business hours we usually reply within the hour, though a complex technical question may take longer because it goes to the engineer who can actually solve it, not to a first line that only acknowledges receipt. Messages sent outside working hours are picked up the next working day, while an outage of the infrastructure is caught by monitoring 24/7. To speed things up, include your domain or service name, the exact error text and what you already tried. Tickets opened in the client area are tracked with response times, so use that route when you want the history kept in one place. Q: How do I open a support ticket? A: Log in to the client area and create a ticket there. Because the ticket is tied to your account and your services, the engineer immediately sees which server or plan you mean, and you do not have to prove ownership by email back and forth. Tickets, invoices and service details stay in one place, so past conversations are easy to find months later. Describe one problem per ticket, note when it started and what changed just before, and attach screenshots if you have them. If you cannot log in at all, use info@cloudhosting.lv or the phone instead and we will restore access first. Q: Where is the CloudHosting data centre located? A: Our own Tier 3+ data centre is at Bērzaunes iela 1 in Riga, Latvia, and we run it ourselves rather than renting space in someone else's facility. Traffic flows over our own network, AS58269. Sales and support work right next to the server rooms, so one of our engineers can physically walk to the hardware if needed, and monitoring runs 24/7. For workloads that should sit closer to Western Europe we also offer a second region in Amsterdam in the Netherlands, and Dubai (DXB1) is available on request. If location matters for your project, latency or compliance wise, ask before ordering and we will advise honestly. Q: Can I visit the data centre? A: No. The data centre is guarded, and we do not admit visitors, colocation clients included: only a limited number of our own specialists have access, which is part of what keeps everyone's hardware safe. Colocation clients bring their equipment to our office at the same address, Bērzaunes iela 1, and hand it over there; our engineers install it in the rack and act as your hands on site afterwards. Write to info@cloudhosting.lv or call +371 66 66 29 69, tell us who is coming and roughly when, and we will agree on a time for the handover. Taking equipment back is coordinated the same way. If you are considering colocation, our engineers will gladly go through the setup with you by phone, by email or at the office. Q: What languages does CloudHosting support speak? A: We answer in English, Latvian and Russian across every channel: phone, email and tickets in the client area. The team is local and sits in Riga next to the data centre, so you are talking to the same engineers regardless of language, not to separate outsourced desks with different levels of knowledge. Write in whichever language is most comfortable and we will reply in it, and you can switch language mid conversation without losing context, since the same people read the whole thread. Technical terms are fine in English. If you write in another language entirely, we will do our best, but these three are the ones we support properly. ### Terms of service | CloudHosting URL: https://www.cloudhosting.lv/terms Terms and conditions for CloudHosting services: ordering, payments, client and provider obligations, data centre rules and VAT policy. ### 1C Server Rental in Riga, Own Data Centre | CloudHosting URL: https://www.cloudhosting.lv/1c-server Rent a 1C server in our Riga data centre: high-GHz CPU, NVMe, Windows Server by default. Plans from 52.70 EUR/mo. You install 1C and licenses, or we help. Key facts: - Provider: CloudHosting SIA, a Latvian IT infrastructure provider operating since 2016 - What you get: Your own VPS for 1C:Enterprise with a high-frequency CPU, NVMe disks, Windows Server by default and VPN or RDP access, with full Administrator rights - Price: From 52.70 EUR a month for Small on a 12 month term, 62 EUR month to month; Business and Ultra for larger bases; prices without VAT - Minimum term: None: pay for 1, 3, 6 or 12 months, with 5, 10 or 15% off the longer periods - Location: Riga, Latvia, in a Tier 3+ data centre we run ourselves; Amsterdam, Netherlands as a second region; Dubai on request - Licences: The Windows Server licence is not included: buy it from us or use your own key. 1C licences are your own, or we arrange the purchase - Backups: Daily backups kept for 7 days, stored separately from the server - Support: Monitoring and incident response 24/7. Engineers answer on working days 9:00-17:00 Riga time, in English, Latvian and Russian. - Contract: With CloudHosting SIA, an EU company registered in Latvia; invoices in EUR, no automatic card charges, the service continues when you pay the next invoice Q: Why is a server in a data centre better than an office PC for 1C? A: CloudHosting runs 1C on a VPS in the Tier 3+ data centre it operates in Riga, on a high-GHz CPU with NVMe disks and under 24/7 monitoring, which an office PC cannot match. An office PC was never meant to serve a whole accounting team. It shares its CPU and disk with everyday desktop work, has no server-grade storage, and stops whenever the office loses power or internet, usually right before a reporting deadline. Your accountants connect to the server securely over VPN or RDP from the office, from home or from a client site, so daily work no longer depends on one physical machine under a desk. Q: Which 1C plan should we pick for our number of users? A: CloudHosting sells three ready 1C plans: Small with 4 vCPU and 8 GB RAM from 52.70 EUR a month, Business with 8 vCPU and 32 GB RAM, and Ultra with 16 vCPU and 128 GB RAM. The right one depends on how many people work in 1C at the same time and whether the base runs in file or SQL mode. Small suits a small team with a file base, Business fits growing companies with more concurrent users, and Ultra is meant for heavy loads such as large SQL bases or several bases on one server. If you are between two sizes, start smaller and move up when the base grows. For a firm recommendation, write to us with your user count and the approximate size of the base. Q: Windows Server or Linux with PostgreSQL, which should we pick? A: CloudHosting delivers 1C servers with Windows Server by default, the usual choice for 1C, and Linux with PostgreSQL on request. Most 1C specialists know Windows well, and both file and SQL bases run on it without extra work. The Windows Server licence is not included in the plan price: you buy it from us or use your own key. Linux with PostgreSQL makes sense when your 1C specialist already supports that stack. You can switch the operating system in the cart when ordering. Either way the server is handed over with the base OS ready, and installing 1C and configuring the base is your side of the work, or a separate service we quote on request. Q: Are backups of the 1C base included? A: CloudHosting includes daily backups kept for 7 days on every 1C plan, stored separately from the server itself. That separation is the point: if the hardware fails, the backup does not fail with it, and your accounting data can be restored on a replacement machine. Backups also cover the more common case of human error, such as a base damaged by an unlucky update or a deleted document journal. Since you have full Administrator access, you can also make your own 1C archive copies on top, and for truly critical data we recommend keeping one copy outside our infrastructure as well. Q: Can we migrate our existing 1C base? A: CloudHosting hands over the 1C server with the operating system and secure access already working, so moving an existing base is usually a routine job for your 1C specialist. They connect, install the platform and restore the base from a backup or an archive copy. Workstations need nothing new beyond the 1C client, users simply point it at the new server. Plan the switch for an evening or a weekend, keep the old base untouched until everyone has confirmed the new one works, and only then retire it. If you have no specialist for this, we can handle the migration as a paid service: write to us and describe your current setup. Q: How secure is access to the 1C server? A: CloudHosting gives access to a 1C server over VPN or RDP through an encrypted channel, on a VPS isolated from other clients in its Tier 3+ data centre in Riga, on its own network AS58269. Traffic between an accountant and the server cannot be read on the way. You hold full Administrator access, which means you decide who gets an account, and we recommend keeping the user list short and the passwords strong. Sensible practice is to prefer VPN for regular work and treat direct RDP exposure to the internet carefully. If you want us to review or harden the access setup, order administration and we will take care of it. Q: Do you sell 1C licences? A: CloudHosting rents the server, and 1C licences either stay your own or are bought through us on request. You can bring your own 1C platform and client licences and activate them on the rented server; they remain your property and move with you. If buying licences yourself is a hassle, contact us and we will arrange the purchase for you. Our part of the deal is always the server, the operating system and secure access; licensing, 1C installation and ongoing administration are optional services on top, so you pay for them only if you order them. Write to support with the list of what you already own, and we will tell you what, if anything, is missing. Q: How much does it cost to rent a 1C server? A: CloudHosting 1C server plans start at 52.70 EUR a month for Small on a 12 month term, or 62 EUR month to month, without VAT. Business and Ultra are the larger steps up for more users and heavier bases. Ordering takes a few clicks: pick a plan and a region, Riga is our home data centre, Amsterdam in the Netherlands is the second region and Dubai (DXB1) is available on request, confirm, and the server goes live in 30 to 60 seconds with Windows Server by default. Budget separately for 1C licences if you do not own them yet, for the Windows Server licence, and for administration if you want it. For a configuration beyond the listed plans, contact us and we will prepare a quote. Q: Who runs the data centre, and who is our contract with? A: Your contract for a 1C server is with CloudHosting SIA, a Latvian IT infrastructure provider operating since 2016, which runs its Tier 3+ data centre in Riga itself rather than renting racks from someone else. The same company runs the network, AS58269, and employs the engineers who answer your tickets. Invoices are issued and paid in EUR: companies in Latvia pay 21% VAT, EU companies with a valid VAT number are invoiced under reverse charge, and companies outside the EU are invoiced without VAT. Nothing is taken from your card automatically; the service continues when you pay the next invoice. Latvian law applies, and a data processing agreement is available on request. Q: What languages does support speak, and when do engineers answer? A: CloudHosting support for 1C servers works in English, Latvian and Russian: monitoring and incident response run 24/7, and engineers answer on working days from 9:00 to 17:00 Riga time. Tickets, email and phone all reach the same team that runs the data centre and the network. The infrastructure under your server, power, network and hardware, is watched around the clock, and an incident that affects it is handled at any hour. Inside the server, 1C, its bases and user accounts are yours to run, because you hold full Administrator access. If you would rather hand that part over too, order administration and our engineers take care of updates, access and backup checks. Q: How do we leave if we need to? A: CloudHosting does not lock a 1C server into a long contract: you pay for 1, 3, 6 or 12 months, and to stop you simply do not pay the next invoice. Your data stays yours throughout. With full Administrator access you can make a 1C backup of each base at any time and restore it on another server, an office machine or with another provider, and your own 1C licences move with you. To end a service early, inside a period you have already paid for, write to info@cloudhosting.lv 20 days in advance. If a service is blocked for non-payment, the data is kept for at least 30 days from the end of the paid period, so there is time to take a final copy. ### PI IP Addresses and AS Registration | CloudHosting URL: https://www.cloudhosting.lv/ip-as-registration Independent PI IP addresses and AS numbers via RIPE NCC: we act as sponsoring LIR, handle all paperwork and help set up BGP. Request a quote today. Key facts: - Provider: CloudHosting SIA, a Latvian IT infrastructure provider operating since 2016, with its own network AS58269 - What you get: Registration of PI IPv4 and IPv6 addresses and AS numbers with RIPE NCC, transfer of resources you already hold, IPv4 transfer or lease, and help configuring BGP on your routers - Our role: Sponsoring LIR with RIPE NCC: we sign the sponsoring agreement, file the request and answer RIPE's questions; the resources are registered to your organization - Where: Available to organizations across the EU, handled by our team in Riga, Latvia - Price: IPv6 /48: 100.00 EUR to register and 100.00 EUR a year. AS number: 150.00 EUR to register and 150.00 EUR a year. IPv4: transfer or lease at market price plus 100.00 EUR a year. Without VAT - Timeline: Usually 1 to 3 weeks after the documents are signed; IPv4 takes longer, because a block must first be found on the transfer market - Term and billing: Registration is paid once, support is billed once a year while we are the sponsoring LIR - Support: Monitoring and incident response 24/7. Engineers answer on working days 9:00-17:00 Riga time, in English, Latvian and Russian. - Contract: With CloudHosting SIA, an EU company registered in Latvia; invoices in EUR, nothing is charged automatically Q: What is PI address space and how does it differ from PA? A: CloudHosting registers PI (provider independent) address space directly to your organization through RIPE NCC, with us as the sponsoring LIR, so the addresses stay with you whichever ISP carries your traffic. PA (provider aggregatable) space belongs to the ISP: if you leave, you hand the addresses back and renumber every server, firewall rule and DNS record, a slow and error-prone project in a live network. The trade-off is that PI needs a sponsoring agreement and a yearly RIPE fee, so it is a deliberate investment in stability rather than a free alternative. If your services depend on fixed addresses, or you plan to multihome later, PI is the sensible choice, and we advise on block sizing. Q: Why would I need my own AS number? A: CloudHosting registers an AS number for 150.00 EUR plus 150.00 EUR a year, and it gives your network its own identity in global routing. With it you run BGP and announce your PI addresses to several providers at once, a setup called multihoming: if one upstream fails, the announcements over the others keep your services reachable without manual switching. Your own AS also lets you steer how traffic enters and leaves your network. With a single uplink and no plans for a second one, you can postpone it. We run our own network under AS58269 and help bring your BGP sessions up to working announcements. Q: How long does the registration take? A: CloudHosting usually completes a PI or AS registration in 1 to 3 weeks from the moment the documents are signed. Most of that time is in RIPE NCC's hands: they verify the organization, the request and the sponsoring agreement, and sometimes come back with questions, which we answer on your behalf. You can speed things up by having your company registration details ready and signing without delay. IPv4 takes longer in practice, because before registration can start we have to find a suitable block on the transfer market and agree the terms. We keep you informed at every step, and the BGP work can be prepared in parallel. Q: What does IP and AS registration cost? A: CloudHosting charges 100.00 EUR to register an IPv6 /48 and 100.00 EUR a year in support, 150.00 EUR to register an AS number and 150.00 EUR a year, and 100.00 EUR a year to support an IPv4 block, all without VAT. The yearly amount covers the charge RIPE NCC levies on every independent resource through the sponsoring LIR, and it is what keeps the resource in the RIPE database with your organization as the holder. An IPv4 block itself is bought or leased at market price on top. RIPE can adjust its fees over time, so the final quote always reflects the current rates and your block size. Q: Can I still get IPv4 addresses? A: CloudHosting can still get you IPv4, just not from a free pool: RIPE's IPv4 stock ran out years ago, so blocks now change hands on the transfer market or are leased, at market prices that move with demand and block size. That is why we quote IPv4 individually instead of publishing a price. A transfer makes your organization the registered holder of the block, while a lease gives you the addresses for a recurring cost without holdership, so the choice depends on your budget and on how long you need them. Tell us the size you need and whether you prefer to buy or lease, and we check what the market offers now. Q: Can you take over my existing addresses or AS? A: CloudHosting can become the sponsoring LIR for PI addresses and AS numbers you already hold, and the move is an administrative change in the RIPE records, not a technical one: nothing is renumbered, your BGP announcements stay up and your services keep running. We prepare the new sponsoring agreement, coordinate the transfer paperwork with RIPE NCC and confirm once the records show us as the sponsoring LIR. From then on the yearly RIPE fees for those resources run through us. To start, send us a list of the resources you hold and we will outline the steps, the timeline and the cost. Q: Do I need my own hardware to run BGP? A: CloudHosting engineers configure BGP on your own router, and that no longer means expensive carrier equipment: MikroTik and many other widely used platforms handle it well. What matters more than the brand is whether the device suits your setup, for example how much routing information it must hold and how many upstream sessions you plan, so the right model follows from your network rather than from a price tag. We set up the sessions together with you and stay involved until the announcements are visible and traffic flows. If you are unsure whether your current router is up to the job, send us the model and we will tell you. Q: Is IPv6 worth registering as well? A: CloudHosting registers an IPv6 /48 for 100.00 EUR plus 100.00 EUR a year, and it is the easy part of the order, because IPv6 PI blocks are still freely available from RIPE NCC: no market to search and no scarcity pricing. Registering IPv6 together with your IPv4 request means one round of paperwork instead of two, and your network is ready to serve users over both protocols (dual stack). The honest caveat is that IPv6 does not yet replace IPv4 for most audiences, so treat it as an addition rather than a substitute. Both protocols can be announced from the same AS number. Q: Do we have to become a RIPE NCC member ourselves? A: CloudHosting acts as your sponsoring LIR, so your organization does not need its own RIPE NCC membership to hold PI addresses or an AS number. Under RIPE policy an independent resource held by an end user is sponsored by a member, and that member is us: we sign the sponsoring agreement with you, file the request and pay RIPE's yearly charge, which we invoice to you in EUR. Membership only makes sense if you want to become an LIR yourself and assign addresses to your own customers, which brings its own fees and obligations. For most companies that simply want their own addresses and AS, sponsorship is the simpler and cheaper route. Q: Can you announce our PI addresses from your network? A: CloudHosting can announce your PI prefix from its own network AS58269, or set up a BGP session with your AS, when your servers sit in our Riga data centre; for colocation this is a standard add-on. That way you use your own addresses on our infrastructure from day one, without buying transit elsewhere. If you run your own AS with several upstreams, we can be one of them, and if one link fails your announcements through the others keep working. Name your prefixes and AS number when you ask for a quote, and before anything goes live we check the RIPE route objects and the setup together with you. ### GDPR Compliance and DPO Services in Latvia | CloudHosting URL: https://www.cloudhosting.lv/data-protection Data protection specialist for GDPR compliance in Latvia: Art. 30 records, policies, training and an outsourced DPO retainer. Request a quote. Key facts: - Provider: CloudHosting SIA, a Latvian IT infrastructure provider operating since 2016 - Who it is for: Companies and public institutions in Latvia that process personal data of clients, staff or visitors - What is included: Processing inventory and Article 30 register, privacy policies and consent texts, video surveillance signage and documents, internal security regulations, staff training, breach response guidance - Data protection officer: An outsourced DPO on a monthly retainer where GDPR requires one, for example in public institutions; voluntary supervision otherwise - Rules covered: GDPR and the Latvian Personal Data Processing Law; documents that Latvian law requires in Latvian are prepared in Latvian - Price: On request: a one-off project or a fixed monthly retainer, sized to your processing - How it starts: An inventory of what personal data you process, where it lives and on what legal basis - Contact: We answer on working days 9:00-17:00 Riga time, in English, Latvian and Russian; monitoring and incident response for the systems we run operate 24/7 - Contract: With CloudHosting SIA, an EU company registered in Latvia; invoices in EUR Q: When does a company need a data protection officer? A: GDPR makes a data protection officer mandatory for public authorities, for organizations whose core activities involve large-scale regular monitoring of people, and for those processing special category data such as health data on a large scale; in all three cases CloudHosting's specialist can take the duty on as an outsourced DPO. The regulation does not define large scale precisely, so borderline cases need an honest assessment of what you actually process and why. Even when no DPO is required, every GDPR duty still applies: records, legal bases, security and breach handling. Our specialist covers both situations, taking the mandatory duty or supervising compliance voluntarily. If you are unsure which side you fall on, describe your processing to us and we will assess it. Q: How large can GDPR fines be? A: GDPR allows fines of up to 20 million EUR or 4% of worldwide annual turnover, whichever is higher, for the most serious violations, and CloudHosting's specialist keeps in order the records and safeguards an authority weighs when it sets the amount. In practice the authority looks at the gravity and duration of the violation, how many people were affected, whether you cooperated and what safeguards you already had in place, so documented compliance work directly influences the outcome. A fine is also not the only consequence: the authority can order you to change or stop specific processing, and the case becomes public, which clients and partners notice. For most companies keeping records, policies and training in order costs a fraction of even a modest enforcement case. Q: What is the Article 30 register? A: The Article 30 register is the GDPR record of your processing activities, and CloudHosting creates it during the processing inventory and keeps it current as part of the service. It lists which categories of personal data you handle, for what purposes, on what legal basis, who receives the data and how long you keep it. GDPR obliges most organizations to maintain it, and the exemptions are narrow enough that relying on them is rarely wise. It matters because it is the first document a supervisory authority requests, and because everything else, from privacy policies to retention rules, is built on top of it. A register is only useful while it reflects reality, so it must be updated whenever a process, system or vendor changes. Q: What are the video surveillance rules in Latvia? A: Video surveillance in Latvia counts as personal data processing under GDPR, and CloudHosting prepares the signage and documentation it requires, in Latvian where Latvian law requires it. Cameras must serve a defined lawful purpose, typically the protection of property or people, and must not cover more than that purpose justifies, which is why pointing them at neighboring property or areas where people expect privacy causes problems. Monitored areas need signage that names the operator and the purpose, so visitors know who is filming and why. You must also document how long footage is stored, who may access it and on what grounds, and the surveillance itself belongs in your Article 30 register. Q: How does the monthly retainer work? A: CloudHosting's data protection retainer is a fixed monthly fee for which our specialist works as your standing data protection function instead of a one-off consultant. Month to month that means keeping the Article 30 register current, reviewing every new processing activity before you launch it, such as a new tool, vendor or marketing campaign, running staff training and guiding you through incidents. Where the law requires a DPO, the retainer covers that duty as well, including being the named contact for the supervisory authority. Compliance is not a document you finish once, because your processing keeps changing, and the retainer exists to absorb that change. The fee is quoted per company once we have seen the scope of your processing. Q: How much does a data protection specialist cost? A: CloudHosting quotes data protection per company, as a one-off project for the inventory and documents or as a fixed monthly retainer that also covers the DPO duty where the law requires one. There is no public price list because the work depends on how many processing activities, systems and vendors you have, and on how much documentation already exists. To name a fixed figure we first look at the scope: what personal data you process, for what purposes and where it lives. Once agreed, the retainer stays the same every month, and new processing activities are reviewed within it rather than billed as surprises. Describe your organization briefly and you get a quote before committing to anything. Q: How is this different from your NIS2 service? A: CloudHosting's data protection service covers GDPR duties around personal data, which apply to almost every company, while its NIS2 service covers the cybersecurity of organizations in the sectors the directive lists. NIS2 asks whether your infrastructure is resilient, whether incidents are reported on time and whether technical controls are in place. Data protection is about records, legal bases, policies and people's rights, regardless of sector or size. The overlap is security: both expect you to protect the data you hold, so work done for one often supports the other. Many clients need both, and together with our IT audit the services complement each other. If you are unsure which applies, ask us. Q: How fast can you set everything up? A: CloudHosting sets up data protection in a fixed order, inventory first, then documents and training, and a small company with a handful of processes gets its base set quickly. There is no honest universal deadline, because the timeline depends on how many processing activities you have and how much documentation already exists. After the inventory we agree a document and training plan with clear deadlines, closing the riskiest gaps first, such as missing mandatory records or consent texts. Larger organizations are handled in stages so daily work is not disrupted. You can shorten the timeline by naming one contact person and collecting your existing contracts and policies before we start. Q: Do you work with public institutions? A: CloudHosting's data protection service covers both private companies and public institutions in Latvia, and for public bodies GDPR makes a data protection officer mandatory regardless of size. The officer must be able to act without a conflict of interest, which is difficult to arrange internally in a small institution where the same people run the systems being supervised. An outsourced DPO solves that: our specialist takes the duty on a retainer, keeps the required records, advises management and handles communication in data protection matters. All documents that Latvian law requires in Latvian are prepared in Latvian. If you represent an institution, write to us and we will agree the scope and the working arrangements. ### Payment Methods: Card, PayPal, Bank, Crypto | CloudHosting URL: https://www.cloudhosting.lv/payment-methods Pay by Visa or Mastercard, PayPal, bank transfer to Swedbank or SEB, crypto or account balance. PDF invoice with every order. Services activate in minutes. Q: How quickly is each payment method credited? A: It depends on the method you choose. Card payments through the secure gateway are credited within minutes, so this is the fastest option when you need the service right away. Bank transfers to our Swedbank or SEB account usually take 1-2 business days, depending on when your bank processes the payment. You can speed this up by emailing a copy of the payment confirmation to info@cloudhosting.lv, and we will match it to your invoice. Cryptocurrency payments are credited once our payment partner confirms the transaction on their side. Payments from your account balance settle instantly, because the money is already with us and no external processing is involved. Q: Where do I find my invoice and the bank details? A: Every order generates an invoice automatically, and you will find it in the client panel under your account. There you can view it online or download it as a PDF file for your records or your accountant. The bank details for a transfer to our Swedbank or SEB account are printed on every invoice, so there is no need to search for them elsewhere: the account number, the bank name and the invoice number are all on the document. Use the invoice number as the payment reference so the transfer can be matched to the right order. If you cannot locate an invoice in the panel, write to info@cloudhosting.lv and we will help. Q: Do EU companies pay Latvian VAT? A: All prices on the site are shown net, without VAT. For customers where Latvian VAT applies, 21% is added on the invoice. EU companies are treated differently: if your company has a valid VAT ID, the invoice is issued with reverse charge, so the VAT line is 0% and you account for the tax in your own country under your local rules. Make sure the VAT number you enter is valid and matches your company details, because the reverse charge treatment depends on it. If your situation changes, for example the company registers for VAT later, contact us at info@cloudhosting.lv so future invoices are issued correctly. Q: Do you store my card details? A: No. Card payments are processed by a secure payment gateway, and the card data goes directly to the gateway, not to our servers. CloudHosting never sees or stores your card number or any other card data, so paying by card here does not leave your card on file with us. That is also why you enter the card details on the gateway side each time you pay: there is no saved card in the client panel. If you prefer not to type the card in for every invoice, you can top up your account balance and let open invoices settle from it automatically. For questions about a specific charge, write to info@cloudhosting.lv. Q: What happens after I pay? A: All services are prepaid, so the order is provisioned only after the money arrives. As soon as the payment is credited, the service activates automatically: no manual confirmation, no waiting for a support agent to approve the order. With a card payment that normally means the service is running within minutes of checkout. With a bank transfer, activation follows once the transfer reaches our account, usually 1-2 business days after you send it. The invoice status in the client panel changes when the payment is registered, so you can check progress there. If the service has not activated even though you have paid, write to info@cloudhosting.lv with the payment details. Q: What happens with refunds and overpayments? A: These are two different cases. An overpayment, when you pay more than the invoice amount, is added to your account balance in the client panel: from there it settles open invoices automatically, always starting with the oldest one, so it shortens your next bill rather than sitting idle. An agreed refund goes back the way you paid it: a card payment returns to the card, a bank transfer to the bank account, PayPal to PayPal, and so on for every method. You can see the current balance in the client panel at any time. If you believe a payment was credited incorrectly or want to discuss a refund, contact info@cloudhosting.lv and describe the invoice concerned. Q: Which currency do you accept? A: All invoices are issued and paid in EUR, and this applies to every payment method. Our bank accounts at Swedbank and SEB are Latvian EUR accounts, so a transfer in euros arrives without currency conversion on our side. Card payments are charged in EUR as well: if your card is issued in another currency, your own bank converts the amount at its rates, which is outside our control. If you pay with cryptocurrency, the invoice amount is still stated in EUR and our payment partner handles the conversion from the coin you choose. When sending from a non-EUR account, ask your bank about conversion fees before transferring. Q: What are your company details for the invoice? A: The legal entity you are paying is CloudHosting SIA, registration number 40103966259, VAT number LV40103966259, registered at Bērzaunes iela 1, Riga, Latvia. These details, together with our bank account, are printed on every invoice you receive, so your accountant has everything needed to book the expense. If your company requires the invoice to show specific purchaser details, check that your billing information in the client panel is complete and correct before ordering, because the invoice is generated from it. Should anything on an issued invoice need correcting, write to info@cloudhosting.lv and describe the change, and we will sort out the document. ### FAQ and guides: hosting knowledge base | CloudHosting URL: https://www.cloudhosting.lv/faq Answers and how-to guides about VPS, dedicated servers, hosting, domains and SSL from CloudHosting engineers. Updated as clients ask. ### Service status: 99.9% availability target | CloudHosting URL: https://www.cloudhosting.lv/status Live status of CloudHosting VPS, dedicated servers, hosting, DNS and network in Riga and Amsterdam. 99.9% uptime target, monitoring and incident response 24/7. Q: How do I find out about planned maintenance? A: Every maintenance window is announced on this status page in advance, so a quick look here tells you what work is coming and which components it touches. If the work can affect your service, you also receive an email with the exact date, the time window and the expected impact, so you can judge whether anything on your side needs preparation. The announced window is the maximum reserved time, and the real interruption is often shorter. If planned work clashes with something important on your side, for example a release or a campaign, write to info@cloudhosting.lv before the window starts and we will see what can be adjusted. Q: What SLA do CloudHosting services carry? A: Our stated availability target is 99.9% across the infrastructure; it is a target, not a contractual SLA, as our terms of service say. We measure availability per service and count announced maintenance windows separately from unplanned downtime. If you need the level of your specific plan confirmed in writing before you order, or a stricter commitment for a project where downtime is expensive, write to us and we will put a binding SLA in the offer. If you are not sure how the target applies to your service, or you want to move to the stricter option, write to info@cloudhosting.lv and we will confirm the details before you change anything. Q: My service is down but everything shows operational. What now? A: This page tracks the shared platform: the VPS layer, the network, DNS and the other components. A problem limited to one server or one website will not change these indicators, so an Operational status does not rule out an issue on your side. Typical causes include a crashed process on the server, a full disk, an expired domain or a local network problem between you and us. Before writing in, note what exactly fails: the website, SSH access, email or everything at once, and whether it fails from other networks too. Then contact support with your service name and those details; engineers answer on working days 9:00 to 17:00 Riga time, and if your service is completely unreachable, say so, because infrastructure-down incidents reach an on-call engineer at any hour. Q: Is CloudHosting down right now? A: This page is the fastest way to check. It shows the live status of the VPS platform, dedicated servers, web and application hosting, the network and uplinks, DNS and the client area, broken down by region: Riga and Amsterdam. During an incident the affected component changes state and updates are posted here while the work progresses, so refreshing this page keeps you informed without waiting for a ticket reply. If every component reads Operational but your own service still misbehaves, the fault is probably local to your server or connection, so write to info@cloudhosting.lv or call +371 66 66 29 69 and an engineer will investigate. Q: Where are CloudHosting servers located? A: All services run in two regions today. The primary site is the Tier 3+ data center in Riga, Latvia, that we run ourselves, labeled RIX1 on this page; we do not rent space there from a third party, so we control both the facility and the infrastructure, and Riga traffic rides our own network, AS58269. The second region is Amsterdam in the Netherlands, NL1, useful when you want capacity closer to Western European users: there we run our own servers and IP addresses, while the building belongs to a local data center operator. Dubai (DXB1) is available on request and appears on this page so you can follow its status. If you are unsure which region fits your workload, or you need Dubai, ask support before ordering. Q: What does a 99.9% uptime target mean in practice? A: A percentage becomes meaningful when you translate it into time: 99.9% availability allows no more than about 43 minutes of downtime per month. That budget is meant for unplanned incidents, which is why every component on this page is under monitoring 24/7: the earlier a fault is caught, the less of that budget it consumes. That budget matters most for online shops, payment flows and APIs, where every minute of silence has a price. When you compare hosting offers, translate each promised percentage into minutes per month the same way; it quickly shows which numbers are commitments and which are decoration. Q: How do I report an outage to CloudHosting? A: Two channels: email info@cloudhosting.lv or call +371 66 66 29 69. Email suits anything that needs detail or attachments, while the phone is quicker when your service is completely unreachable and every minute counts. Whichever you choose, name the exact service, say when the problem started and attach error messages or screenshots if you have them; concrete details shorten the diagnosis noticeably. Monitoring and incident response run 24/7 and engineers answer on working days 9:00 to 17:00 Riga time; an incident that takes the infrastructure down is handled at any hour under our 24/7 incident response, while a question about a single service raised at night is picked up at the start of the working day. If the fault turns out to be platform-wide, you will also see its progress reflected on this page.